Sea Ray 2005 420 SUNDANCER Owners Manual
Sea Ray 2005 420 SUNDANCER is a luxurious cruiser, designed for comfortable and enjoyable boating experiences. This powerboat features a spacious layout, comfortable seating, and a range of amenities for both day trips and overnight excursions. With its powerful engines, the 420 SUNDANCER delivers a smooth and exhilarating ride, while the onboard systems ensure a safe and enjoyable boating experience.
PDF
Download
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
WELCOME 420 Sundancer ® International e 455 Sundancer ® Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray® Boats, Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and ever- expanding family of boating enthusiasts. The Owner's Manual Packet, to be kept on board your Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your Owner's Manual Packet and really get to know your boat. Have everyone who will operate your yacht read this manual. The Owner’s Manual Packet contains the following: e Owner’s Manual The Owner's Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator. * Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) Information This section of your Owner's Manual Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the Owners Manual you will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems. Because your purchase represents a substantial investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations. If you have questions which are not fully covered by the Owners Manual Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance. Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray"! Bon Voyage 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INTRODUCTION 1. THis MANUAL The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual Packet: * (Gives you basic safety information; e Describes the features of your boat; e Describes the equipment on your boat; e Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and e (Contains service and maintenance information. You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual. What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock your boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck. 2. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must: Take a boating safety course; e Getinstruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat; * Understand and follow the “rules of the road”; Learn how to navigate. 3. SOURCES OF INFORMATION In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses: e U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary о U.S. Power Squadron * Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons e Red Cross e State Boating Offices e Yacht Club Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance. A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by Hearst Marine. 4. DEALER RESPONSIBILITIES In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you: e A description and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat; e An orientation in the general operation of your boat; e An"In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat; Areview of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service; e The complete Owner’s Manual Packet. If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call 1-800-SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333). 5. WARRANTIES Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray® warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet and is repeated on the next page. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INTRODUCTION 6. HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (HIN) The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine Operator’s Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference. 7. MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION As a boat manufacturer, Sea Ray builds their products to guidelines established under the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971. The Act is promulgated by the United H.I.N LOCATION (F1G. 1v) | > HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER STARBOARD TRANSOM HULL States Coast Guard who has authority to enforce these laws on boat manufacturers that sell products in the United States. Sea Ray ensures that all of its products comply with these laws. The NMMA, National Marine Manufacturers Association, provides Sea Ray with a third party certification. The NMMA is an organization that represents the marine industry and assists manufacturers, boat dealers, marinas, repair yards and component suppliers in areas of legislation, environmental concerns, marine business growth and state and federal government agency interaction. The third party certification that Sea Ray participates in, uses the well know Standards and Recommended Practices of the ABYC, American Boat and Yacht Council. Sea Ray Boats participates extensively in the American Boat and Yacht Council which is a non-profit organization that develops and publishes voluntary standards and recommended practices for boat and equipment design, construction, service and repair. We utilize all applicable ABYC standards in the construction of your Sea Ray boat. Finally, Sea Ray sells their products world wide and as such must conform to the various rules and regulations required by other countries. Most notably, are the ISO standards in Europe which require the application of the CE (Common European) mark. This mark, much like the NMMA certification here in the US, gives you the boat owner specific information concerning your craft. For more information, turn to Section 1 - Safety, subsections 8 and 12 which explains in detail the CE plate and its importance. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INTRODUCTION 8. SERVICE, PARTS AND REPAIR FOR YOUR BOAT When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call: 1-800-SRBOATS Fax: 1-314-213-7878 (International 1-314-216-3333) To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component. If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction: 1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you. 2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray® Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you. 9. CONTACT PHONE NUMBERS & INTERNET ADDRESSES When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call: Sea Ray Boats USA Phone EEE 1-800-SRBOATS =) CE 1-314-213-7878 Ci EEE www.searay.com Sea Ray Boats International ................ 1-314-216-3333 United States Coast Guard Phone .......cooiii 1-800-368-5647 Internet... www.uscgboating.org Phone ..................r..iiiicidacireerene reee 1-800-336-2628 Internet «ooo www.boatus.com/foundation/ PhONE EEE 1-800-267-6687 Internet .............————.... www.ccg.gcc.gc.ca/main_e.htm 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) Ro ABOUT YOUR LIMITED WARRANTY Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy. Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis. Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions. SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00). Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray. The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge, but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty. Vi 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. This Manual ..................e...eeeeereerreererer reee reee. ii 2. Your responsibilities ..........ccccoveiiiiiii EE RE EE ii 3. Source of Information ......................eee.evvererireere e ii 4. Dealer Responsibilities .....................e..eeeeeeeereees ii 5.Warranties ...................—...e..eserieriirerceneerere ere ii 6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) .................. 2. м 7.Manufacturers Certificate .......................eerveeevecerecens М 8. Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat ...................... у 9. Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses .......... у 10. Express Limited Transferable Warranty ................... V SECTION 1 * SAFETY 1.Safety Labels... K RER 1.1 2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .... 1. 3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ......................=........ 1.2 A. Diesel Option .......................eexeeevierircieenen EEE 1.3 4. Carbon Monoxide .....................eeeseereriierreaceeeenee e. 1.3 A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ..................—..—.——.. 1.4 5. Life Saving Equipment .............cccooiiiiiin 1.4 A. PFD Classifications .......................eeeeeseeeeeeeee 1.4 6. Additional recommended Equipment for Safe Operation ............cccoeiiiiiiiiici RR KR K RE K REG 1.5 7.Impaired Operation ....................e.ee.eeeevriiecrereeee 1.6 8. Load CapaCiY esse EEE KR RK R EEK K EEE 1.6 A. United States ...................eeeeeevieerericeereeceeeees 1.6 B. International reee 1.6 9. Power Capacity .......................ee.ereeierieerreeceere eee. 1.7 10. Stability cessera ere ren cre ren rece 1.7 11. Maintain Control …....….........………crrrresseeecsre cena RE 1.7 A. General Considerations 1.8 21. Weather... e 1.8 A. Ocean civ, 1.8 B. Offshore ….……....…...……..ccreecreresrer rene na een encens 1.8 C. Inshore ....................eeeeeieeirerieerere eee ere 1.8 D. Sheltered Waters .......................eeereeerreeecrecces 1.9 13. Chart Your Course .....................eeeevereerrieer EREE RE RE 1.9 14. Water Sports ......................eeeeevrieieriecrreeeree A. 1.10 A. SWIMMING ooo, 1.10 B. SKIING see KR KR K RER 1.10 C.DIVING cee, 1.11 15. Emergency Situations ess 1.11 A. Medical Emergency 1.10 В. Water Rescue ae 1.11 C. Fire ..............eecieeccccrieeereeceececeeecenee eee. 1.12 D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing .............. 1.12 E. Collisions and Leaking 1.12 F. Grounding ................... eee sers 1.13 G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .......... 1.13 16. Safety Hotlines ...........ccooooiii KK 1.13 17. International Requirements ..................._._..... 1.13 18. Nautical terms ..................—.e.eeeseeriereneereee e 1.14 19. Environmental Considerations ...............c............ 1.15 A. Fuel & Oil Spillage res 1.15 B. Waste Disposal.…......…...…......……crrssrereecnreure 1.15 C. Excessive Noise ..................eeeeverirrcccrerecenos 1.15 D. Wake/Wash...................eeesrecicrecereecree ene. 1.15 20. Key to Symbols on Controls € Prints ................. 1.16 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. Docking/Lifting/Storage …….….…….…....…..…..….….…….….…e 2.1 A. Bow and Stern Cleats 2.1 B. Supporting the Boat ……….….…..…..…..…....……..………….………. 2.2 2. Passenger Location .………..….....….....…...…..…..….……rrseere 2.2 3. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................ 2.3 4. Propulsion System .........ccocoivviiiiiii ee, 2.4 A. V-Drive Engines ......................=2.ee0m ie 2.4 S5.Propellers .........oooiii ene. 2.4 6. General Deck Layout....................——eeeeíeeeereeeeee EEE 2.5 7.Cabin Layout.................—.———_...eeeeeeeeerereree re. 2.6 8. Spoiler ......................eeereriiccicerecerer eee eee. 2.7 9. Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout............... 2.7 10. Function and Location of Through Hull Fittings and Cutouts .....................eieiiciicr eee rene ee eee. 2.11 11. Major Controls ee ares 2.13 A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.13 B. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.13 C. Engine Synchronizers 2.14 D. Hydraulic Trim Tabs .…….……...…....…..…………………ereese 2.14 12. Important Gauges resserre 2.16 A. Tachometer ……….…..……....…...…....…...….……eessereseess 2.16 B. 4-In-1 Multigauge 2.16 Fuel GaUQ®E RER 2.16 Voltmeter... 2.17 Oil Pressure Gauge eee 2.17 Water Temperature .….……..…...…....…..…….……….….….……… 2.17 Engine Synchronizer ee 2.17 C.Hourmeter ………..…....…...……....….…crreccrererseccnre 2.18 D. Fire System Indicator …………..…………..….………..………….…….… 2.18 E. Magnetic Compass ers 2.18 F. Systems Monitor .……….…..…....……...……….erersereanee 2.19 G.Smartcraft ..........cccooo oii, 2.22 H. Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ............. 2.22 13. Navigation and Anchor Lights ............................. 2.23 A. Console Dimmer ...................reeeeeeierieereeecce. 2.23 14. Switch á: Receptacie Layout ....................—__..—.. 2.24 15. Lighting Layout ..............................eeeee ee, 2.27 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) Vil 420 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT 7. Engine Mounts........................ e... ere ns e ec ee 4.4 8. Marine gears .......ccoooei viii, 4.4 1. Preparing to Depart ...................... ve... 3.1 A. Reduction GearS euere EEE EEE 4.4 2. While Underway ......................... e rene 3.1 B. Reverse Gears ....................eeveemniecenneene 4.4 3. Returning to Port ....................—... eee 3.2 — 9. Engine Exhaust system 4.4 4. Securing The Boat........................ 32 10.Engine Removal .........................eeee 4.5 5. Fueling The Boat... 3.3 11. Vibrations & Causes........................ee ns 4.5 6.Boarding .....................erieee e 3.3 A. Foreign Object Interferring With 7. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) ........................... 3.4 Propeller Action ...................———...._——— 4.5 8. Passenger Instruction and Location ...................... 3.4 B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ........................... 4.6 9. Starting The Engines ........................... 3.4 C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................. 4.6 10. Shifting to Drive The Boat ........................... 3.6 D. Coupling Outof true..................—.———...——— 4.6 11. Stopping The Engines ....................-...- 3.7 E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................. 4.6 12. Starting The Generator ........................ 3.7 F. Other Possible Causes eme... 4.6 13. Starting The Generator (Diesel Option) ................. 38 — 12. Oil Change System (Optional) 4.6 14. Stopping The Generator ....................-. 3.9 A. Operating Instructions .................—..———.——.——— 4.7 15. Shore Power ...................... eee. 39 13. Underwater Gear ven 4.7 A. To Connect and Turn On Shore Power ............ 3.9 A. Propellers .......cooviiiiiiii e 4.7 B. To Disconnect Shore POWETr 3.11 B. Shafts ….…..…..…..…..rsrrarenne ane nne ana ana ana ana ana ane ne 4.10 16. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power ...3.11 C. Carrier Seal Kit .....................e.... 4.10 A. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable D. StrUt EEE 4.11 Set % Shore Power Inlets ............................ 3.12 14. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box .................—.e.——... 4.12 17. Steering System .....................evve0 312 15. Seacocks & Strainers......................eeveeeee 4.12 18. Anchoring.................. eens, 3.13 16. Hydraulic Power Steering Control 4.13 A. Anchoring Arrangement.......................eevmee... 3.13 17. Electric Bilge Hatch... 4.13 B.Anchoring ....................eeeeeee e 3.14 18. Bilge Layout (Gas) ........................ee 4.14 C. Lowering Anchor ..................... eee 3.14 420 DA Bilge Layout (Diesel) ....................——.—... 4.15 О. Setting Anchor ...................e.eeeeeeerreeceereeee. 3.14 E. Weighing Anchor ...........ccooiviiiii en, 3.14 F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ..................ee=... 3.14 G. A Final Word ……..…..…..…..…..…srsrenrsns ares rase an anna 3.15 19. WindlaSS eek 315 SECTIONS * FUEL SYSTEM A. To Operate From The Helm .......................... 3.15 A сс USA PUTO nn C. To Operate Manually ..................———...——— 3.16 B. Fuel Fill Inlet ninio 5.1 D. Maintenance... 3.16 C. Fuel Vent eK KR 5.2 20. Bow ThruSter eK 3.16 2 Fuel Recommendations rr 5.2 3. Electric Fuel Valve... nee naar 5.2 4. Generator Fuel Crossover System 5.2 5. Fuel Lines (Diesel Option) .………….……..…..…………….……………… 5.3 6. Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) ………….….…..…….…..……………………………… 5.3 SECTION 4 * BILGE AND UNDERWATER GEAR A. Fuel Filters ........ tte ete ee 54 B. Generator Fuel Filter... 5.4 ¡A-| - 4.1 C. Fuel Filter Maintenance 5.4 A. Fuel & Oil SpillaQE 4.1 5. Fueling Precautions er 5.5 2. Bilge Pumps ..................200000 serre 4.1 A General... 5.5 A. Manual Bilge Pump (CE Option) .................... 4.2 B. Before & During Fueling 5.5 3. Bilge Blowers …………………….….……….…rrerersnrerseenernes 4.2 C. After Fueling - Checklist 5.6 4. ENGINES «cone eE 4.3 5. Engine Gauge Package ee 4.3 6. Fresh Water Cooling System ............................ 4.4 A. Coolant Recommendations .....................—..... 4.4 viii 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. DC System.................ereeecercececeneceneeeeoeennesse nece. 6.1 A EEE 6.1 A. To Remove The Battery Cables ...................... 6.2 B. Battery Maintenance eee 6.3 3. Main DC Breaker Panel ……..…….....….……....……….……rerecereee 6.3 4. Main Battery Switches and Solenoids .................... 6.5 A. Main Battery Solenoids ee... 6.5 B. Bow Thruster Solonoid (Optional) ................... 6.6 5. Control Station Breaker Panels .....................ee....... 6.6 6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.6 A. Generator And Windlass Breakers ................. 6.7 B. Replacing A Fuse Or Breaker ...........ccc........... 6.7 7.12 Volt Accessory ReceptaCle 6.8 8. Emergency Start System ................e..e.eeeeeieeeeceecees 6.8 9. Electronics Circuit ..................—r.erexeeeeiere ares 6.8 10. AC System ................eeeeecenceceeenecocerereaeensssse nece. 6.8 11. DC Distribution Panel .........................eeeeeeeeeeee 6.9 12. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................... 6.7 13. Shore Power ......................ereexrieirreeereeeree e. 6.13 A. Shore Power Cords ..................eeeeexeeeereceecee 6.13 B. Main Shore Power Breaker Box ................... 6.13 C. Shore Power ......................ererercrrierere ce. 6.13 14. Generator ......................eeericirricereeere ree. 6.13 A. Generator Operation ........................eeerieveceos 6.13 15. Battery Chargers .......................eeeíeereeeeeeerreeee 6.14 A. Charging Characteristics Of The Main Engine Battery Charger ee 6.14 B. Charging Characteristics Of The Bow Thruster Battery Charger ee 6.14 16. Halogen Lighting ee. 6.15 A. Changing a Blown Bulb 6.15 B. AC Low Voltage Lighting ee. 6.15 17. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) 6.15 A. International Receptacle .............................. 6.16 18. Electrolytic Corrosion & Zinc Anodes. .................. 6.16 A. Galvanic lsolator .................—.....—...eíeeceeeeeeeeee 6.1 19. AC 8 DC Electrical Schematics & Wiring Harnesses ........................e...eeeemeiee 6.17 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. Layout and Accessories .....................eeeeeeeree 7.1 2. Carbon Monoxide Monitors 7.1 A. Testing The CO Monitor …………....…..………….…...………… 7.1 3. Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1 A. To Start System ….…..…..…...….…....…….ecrrrercnereecunnee 7.2 4. Water System ................eereveeeciececcrnreeeeneeee De. 7.2 A. Water tank .….…..…........…..….ccrcrreereeee rec ne cernes 7.3 Standard Gas Boat ver 7.3 Diesel (Optional) ee EEE 7.3 Filling The Water Tank ee 7.3 To Begin Initial OperatiON «u 7.3 Sanitizing The System ee 7.3 B. Water Pumps & Filters 7.4 C. Water System Pressurization ........................ 7.4 D. Water Distribution Manifold ............................ 7.4 E.Waterheater ...........c.oooiiin A 7.5 Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ................ 7.5 F. Dockside Water Inlet........................._.____..... 7.6 To Use The System .................eneereeecrcreeceeneees 7.6 G. Cockpit Shower ...................-....=eeeeeriricreeeeeee 7.6 H. Gray Water Sump ..............ee=eeeerevecrcereeeeenee. 7.6 |. Fresh Water Washdown ...................e.e.eee.e.... 7.7 5. Head System ..................eeeeeereeecicececereeceeenneeeee e 7.7 A. requirement for Vessel Operators ................... 7.7 B. Vacu*-Flush Head ...................eereececcrrcceneceee. 7.8 C. Holding tank Operation ....................— 7.9 D.VentFilter ......ooriii eee 7.9 6. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock Interlock System (Optional) ........................eeee.e.... 7.9 To Operate the Macerator 7.10 7.Communication System .................e.=.eeeeeveeeeeeecees 7.10 A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ........................ 7.10 8. Entertainment Centers cree 7.11 A. Salon Entertainment Center .......................... 7.11 B. Optional Salon Entertainment ........................ 7.11 C. Master Stateroom Entertainment ................... 7.11 D. Aft Stateroom Entertainment ......................... 7.11 E. Cockpit Entertainment .................... eee... 7.11 F. Dockside Television Hookup .......................... 7.11 F. TV Signal SeleCtOF ae 7.11 9. Automatic Fire Extinquisher …………….……..…….………….……………… 7.12 A. Fire Extinguisher Indicator (Diesel Option) .... 7.12 B. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............... 7.13 C. Hand Held Extinguishers ...................——........ 7.13 10. Bow Thruster (Optional) 7.14 11. Refrigerator/Free@Zet 7.14 A. Cockpit Ice Maker .....................e...evieeeerenenos 7.14 12.Coffee Maker ........................evericiereeerreeceeeee e. 7.14 13. Stove 6 Microwave ......................errirrreeceereceene. 7.15 A. Electric Stove ........ccoooiiiiiii i, 7.15 B. Microwave/ConvectionOven ......................... 7.15 14. Power Ventilation System ................-.....=reeeeeeeees 7.15 15. Central Vacuum System ..................eeeeeeereeeceneees 7.15 16. HOrn oo, 7.15 17. Aft Salon Area .....................eeexriccereecrreccereceen e. 7.16 A. Convertable Sofa ....................eeeeeverieiericcecees 7.16 B. Privacy Curtain ................—....eeeeereeeneeeeeeee 7.16 18. Shore Power .......................eeervriierierree cree. 7.16 19. Windshield Vent ......................._...reeeeierr 7.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS 20. CANVAS ….….....…..…..……rrrrsssrssrnrrrrrrrrnnnn nan aanaanenn anne 7.16 C. While Underway …….…...…….….....….…eessesssees 8.11 A. Care & Maintenance …………….…...….……....………ees 7.16 General er 8.11 B. Storage ee ee, 7.17 Boat Systems .........cooei viii K EEG 8.11 C. Installation Tips …….…….…..…....……….csrerecserccuee 7.17 Engine cove, 8.11 21. Floor Plan .……..........……....rrssrsssererrr nan sanranennnnn nes 7.18 D. Returning to Port eee 8.11 General .……….…...........…rrrersrrrsssenesnrr a nrrr ane 8.11 Boat Systems .................eeeeveerercreeecereeeeene. 8.11 ENGINE o.oo, 8.11 E. Securing the Boat....................— eee... 8.12 General ...................eecececcocercceeeec eee 8.12 SECTION $ * SERVICE INFORMATION Boat Systems RES 8.12 Engine oon R KR K RR K ER KK EEG 8.12 1. Summary Guide For Inspection, Service ........ And F. If the Engine Does Not Start ...............c......... 8.12 MAINTENANCE «cove eee eae eee 8.1 No Motor Response ......................eeeeevíiiiccces 812 2. Useful Service Information .....................—.—.—.—.—.—.————__—__—_—.— 8.3 Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ....... 8.12 3. Inspection, Service And Maintenance Protocol ........ 8.4 G. Operating the Generator ..................—.—=..——.—. 8.13 A Bilge Area .......cooooviiiiii een. 8.4 Starting the Generator ........................emee... 8.13 4. Draining The Boat... 8.5 Stopping the generator .............................. 8.13 5. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .... 8. 11. After market Equipment Checklist ...................... 8.14 А. Boat Storage ......................e2.eem eine 8.6 12.Maintenance Log .......................000 00 8.15 DB. Engines ......................ieeíiiieeeeieeeer ere 8.6 C. Batteries ...................eeereecvicicecerceceneeeeee eee. 8.6 D. Head System ………..…..…...….…...…..rrecrrerccseeccnseeees 8.6 Е. Water System ….…....…….....…....rreeccsrcrccnereccnnnre 8.6 F. Fuel System …..…..…......….....…cecrrreccnserecaerec canne 8.7 6. Fitting Out After Storage ……………………………….………. 87 SECTION 9 © CARE & REFINISHING A. Fuel System KERERERERERREREREREREREREREEEEEEEREREREEKEREREREG 8.7 1. Maintenance & Reconditioning ri 9.1 B. Batteries Lana a ana en ana nana ane nana nana na AA NEA E NASA CAES 8.7 2 Paint Cleaning Agents 8, Other Substances ........... 9.1 C. Miscellaneous ..........................m..e.n———— 8.7 3 Fiberglass & gelcoat .......................... 9.1 7.Security Considerations ......................eeee.íeeeeee.. 8.8 A. About Colored Gelcoat 9.1 8. Seacock Lubrication RS 8.8 B. Permanently Docked Or Moored Boats .......... 9.2 9. Engine Oil Change System viii, 8.8 C. Keep Bilge Area dry... 9.2 A. Gas ........ E E EEE 88 4. Stains & Scratches ……………….……… 00 9.2 B. Diesel (Optional) A rte EE EET 8.8 5, Permanently Moored Or Docked Boats .................. 9.2 10. Quick Reference Checklist... 8.9 6.Carefor Bottom Paint....................—...... ie 9.2 A. Boarding the Boat... 8.9 7. Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................. 9.3 General ..................ennn nn 8.9 8 TopsideAreas ........................en is 9.3 Boat Systems Sanaa ana ea e0 nee ane ma e0 ane ane nee nee MA 00 A 00000 8.9 A. Stainless Steel And Alloy Fittings 9.3 Engine eee eee eee era aaas pere 8.9 B. Salt Crystals ……………….……es 9.3 B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ....... 8.10 9. Gauge & Switch Panels .................—.reereeeeeeeeeerecees 9.3 General EERKRRRRKEREREEREEEREERREREREERERERRERERLELEELRRELLLKELE 8.10 10. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) e 94 Engine ........... Diet eee es 810 41. CanvasAnd Clear Vinyl... 9.4 Startingthe Engine encens 8.10 42. ExteriorUpholstery Fabrice 9.4 13. Interior Upholstery Fabric .................... e... 9.4 X 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray? Boats, Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes. 420 Sundancer® Owner’s Manual Printed in the U.S.A - February 2003 Revised June 2004 © Sea Ray Boats, Inc. * A Brunswick Company MRP #1773972 The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray® & The SR Wave Logo 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) Xi THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK Xii 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Safe Boating Means: Knowing the limitations of your boat; * Following the rules of the road; * Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water; Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat's and the operator's capability; о Never boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alchohol, Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures. Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience. Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must: e Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/ U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses. (Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly. In addition: Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual. Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually. Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page iv). 1. SAFETY LABELS Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment. Figures 1.17.1 thru 1.22.1 show the location of the safety labels on your boat. Do not remove or obstruct any safety label. * Replace any label which becomes illegible. Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800- SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat. The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is: f в A DANGER DANGER - Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is | ignored. J WARNING - Hazards or unsafe practices which COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored. J CAUTION —- Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored. NOTICE Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.1 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 2. LEGALLY MANDATED MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIPMENT Consult your national boating law enforcement agency. The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 40’ to less than 65’ [12.2 meters to less than 19.8 meters] in length. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast Guard approved Type |, Il or lll device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See Page 1.5 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating. f A NOTICE S J PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage. | Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have two (2) Type B-ll ABC fire extinguishers, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and Three (3) Type B-1 ABC extinguishers located in the galley, the crew quarters and the cabin, near the cockpit door. Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn. Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired. Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location. Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems. 3. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area. The switch panel contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition is on, the system has discharged. WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART. Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compartment. This permits the fire- extinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long f в A DANGER Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide. Carbon Monoxide can kill you. Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked. \. J 1.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire. A. DIESEL OPTION See Section 7 - Accessories and Options, Page 7.12 for details on the operation of the fire extinguishing system for diesel powered boats. 4. CARBON MONOXIDE Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim's skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas (CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome. Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if: * the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak; e insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and * fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area. f в A DANGER Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold. 4 DANGER Sleeping on boat requires a operating Carbon Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location. (FiG. 1.3.1) X= К Y | BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER. ILLUSTRATION #A - EXAMPLES Or How HicH LEVELS OF CARBON MONOXIDE MAY ACCUMULATE OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR IN CONFINED SPACES. ILLUSTRATION #D WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD BOAT OCCUPANTS. ILLUSTRATION HC GOOD VENTILATION. ILLUSTRATION HF 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.3 SECTION 1 * SAFETY Figure 1.3.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas. To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications. e Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked. e |f the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open. Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there IS no noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked. Do notidle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time. Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and Maintenance. If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention. A. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm. The CO monitors are wired through a fuse block behind the DC distribution panel. It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions. Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s Manual Packet. S. LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both. The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them. Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type |1,Il,IIl or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV). The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But, children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss. A. PFD CLASSIFICATIONS Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type 1) most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particularly in cold or rough conditions. 1.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Near-Shore Life Vest (Type ll) “keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, inland (Fig. 1.5.1) TS J T waters or where quick rescue is | J likely. Flotation Aid (Type Ш) vest is designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing. (Fıc. 1.5.2) Throwable Devices (Type IV) horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn. (Fıc. 1.5.3) Special-Use Devices (Type V) sailboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum Inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber. Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency. Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency. The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs. Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs. Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year. 6. ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE OPERATION In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land. e First ald kit Visual distress signals for day and night use (required in some areas; consult local regulations) Charts of your intended cruising area * Compass e GPS or Loran position locating devices e Marine VHF radio with weather channels * Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) Manual bilge pump Moisture repellant e Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations). e Mooring lines e Fenders * Boat hook Waterproof flashlight(s) Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices * High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night * Spare keys * Instruction manuals for engine and accessories Lubricating о! 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.5 SECTION 1 * SAFETY * Toolkit: - Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade) - Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue á groove) - Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable) - Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as appropriate) - Electrical tape and duct tape - Hammer - Utility Knife * Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts) * Extra propeller 7. IMPAIRED OPERATION Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other. The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are Increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency. Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator's ability to control the boat safely. Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation. Na J 8. LOAD CAPACITY A. UNITED STATES Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat. The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water. * The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water. e Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided. - BUILDER'S PLATE (INTERNATIONAL) BOAT MANUFACTURER MFR'S MODEL (FIG. 1.6.1) о \ DESIGNATION Sea Ray Bgats 420 DA MAXIMUM й+ = 1,815 к 151 15kg DD \ / 4 MAXIMUM LOAD / CAPACITY MAXIMUM NUMBER ~ DESIGN OF PASSENGERS ~ CATEGORY ~ Le J f A 4h DANGER Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions. The boat can capsize, swamp or sink. The United States Coast Guard does not provide specific numbers for passenger capacity or cargo weight for recreational vessels larger than 20 feet (6.09). For safety sake, use the following information provided for the international loading standards for maximum number of passengers plus cargo weight. B. INTERNATIONAL The certification plate (See Fig. 1.6.1) located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities stated. The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water. 1.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat. Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water. * The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water. e Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided. When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads. Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly on the seats provided. 9% POWER CAPACITY The engine options available for your boat have been selected as the best suited for general use for this size boat. Do not install an engine larger than the largest option available. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable. Your Sea Ray* has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer's recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than recommended RPM. (your engine manual specifies the maximum recommeded (RPM). To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use. 10. STABILITY Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the certification plate. Any increase from the recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking. f A Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right. The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions. Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse. \ J IN ADDITION: e Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck. e Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather. 11. MAINTAIN CONTROL On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals. The boat operator must keep his or her attention focused not only on what's ahead but what's on the left, right and behind the boat. The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars and dangerous currents, to name a few. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.7 SECTION 1 * SAFETY these safety rules: * Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat. * Always operate the boat at speeds that Will not put people or property in danger. ° Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning. * Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when: - Visibility is impaired; - in rough water; and - in congested waterways. * Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake. \. J Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly, Increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat. When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you. A. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS * Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions. e Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures. e Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so. * You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, Immediately correct them. 12. WEATHER There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions. Your boat rating is displayed on the certification plate located near the helm. Do not operate your boat beyond the conditions listed for your boats rating. f A ÆA DANGER DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR GET TO SHORE BEFORE THE WEATHER TURNS BAD A Ocean Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph) Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet) Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages. B. Offshore Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph) Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet) Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages. C. Inshore Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph) Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet) Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers. 1.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY D. Sheltered waters Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph) Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet) Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals. Your 420 DA (455 DA) is Design Category B. The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat IS exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water. Do not take chances! Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weather- related rules: e Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway. A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather. Have everyone wear a personal flotation device. о Па storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor. e [fa storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway. If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal. e [falightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes. Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat. e Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes. 13. CHART YOUR COURSE To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others, you must chart a course. This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all N Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants. You must know where the hazards are and avoid them. In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a lookout. \. J f в Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground. Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines. Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water. Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged | drive line. | 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.9 SECTION 1 * SAFETY navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate. If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards. Let others know where you are going. A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return. 14. WATER SPORTS A. SWIMMING * Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running. e Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas. * Make sure boat's engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that nobody will accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby. * Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water. Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running. * Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water. B. SKIING While itis unlikely that anyone would ski behind your 420 DA, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity. Anyone who water skis must know how to swim. * Neverdrive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front. * Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator’s side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water. Learn the signals to communicate with a skier. The skier is to control the boat through hand signals (Fig. 1.9.1). Turn — Arm raised, circle with index finger extended. Skier in Water — Extend one ski vertically out of water. Back to Dock — Pat top of head. Cut Motor — Draw finger across throat. Slow Down — Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down. Faster — Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down. OK — Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger. f A SKIING SIGNALS (F16. 1.10.1) TURN TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT STOP He Ts GO SLOWER Da CUT MOTOR BACK TO DOCK X OR ~~ 2 — = GO FASTER < сы OK AFTER FALL SKIER IN WATER 1.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Stop — Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward. Turn Right — Extend arm out from body to the right. Turn Left — Extend arm out from body to the left. OK After a Fall — Clasp hands together overhead. e If the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury. C. Divina Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.10.1). Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away. Sport Divers Flag — Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water. Code Alpha Flag — Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations. DIVERS FLAGS (F16. 1.11.1) CODE ALPHA FLAG FLAG SPORT DIVER'S \. J IN GENERAL When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water: Be considerate to fishermen. Do not water ski in congested areas. Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers. e Stay well clear of other boats and skiers. 15. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation. If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is Imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care. ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS “a A All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat. Na J A. MEDICAL EMERGENCY You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit. B. WATER RESCUE A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70°F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board. RETURNING TO THE VicTIM * Immediately make everyone aware of the incident and keep the victim in sight. e Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person. * Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker. MAKING CONTACT e Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim. Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY Keep the victim constantly in sight. When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.” GETTING BACK ABOARD Tryto reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort. Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern. e Ifthe person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim. Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred. C. FIRE Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat. Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher. e Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators. Throw burning materials overboard, if possible. If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire. e Ifthe fire isin the engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up. Signal for help. Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship. D. FLOODING, SWAMPING AND CAPSIZING In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing: Tryto shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat. * Have everyone put on Personal Flotation Devices (PFD's). e Account for all who were on board. e |f the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help. * Onlyasalast resort should you attempt to swim to shore - it is further away than it looks and you can tire and drown. E. CoLLISIONS AND LEAKING In the event of collision and leaking: * Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water. Switch on bilge pumps. Account for everyone on board and check for injurys. * Have everyone put on PFDs. e Stay with the boat. e Signal for help. |f a leak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside. * In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident report. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements. 1.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY F. GROUNDING In the event of running aground: Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free. e Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems. * Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it. * Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.). If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground. Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company. Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft. G. PROPULSION, CONTROL OR STEERING FAILURE: If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all: * Shut off engine. e Put out the anchor to prevent drifting. * Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls. * If you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help. 16. SAFETY HOTLINES The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising. The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book. Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the toll- free safety hotlines below for information. * U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647 e (Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687 In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency. 17. INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below. . Ministere De La Mer - France . Registro Italiano Navale - Italy . Det Norske Veritas - Norway . Securite des Nauires - Canada . N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan . B.S.1. (British Standards Institute) - England . Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transportes - Spain . EC Recreational Craft Directive - European Community. 1 2 3 4 5. J.C.I. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan 6 7 8 9 Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea RayS Customer Service: 1-800-SRBOATS. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.13 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 18. NAUTICAL TERMS Abeam — object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat. Abaft — a point on a boat that is aft of another. Aft — toward the rear or stern of the boat. Beam — the width of a boat. Bow — the fore part of a boat.. Bow Eye — Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow. Bulkhead — vertical partition in a boat. Chine — meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat. Chock — deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling. Cleat — deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast. Cockpit — an open space from which a boat is operated. Deck — upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales. Draft — depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system. Fathom — six feet. Fenders — rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing. Freeboard — height of exposed hull from water line to deck. Ground tackle — general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc. Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) — meeting juncture of hull and deck. Hatch — an opening in deck to provide access below. Head — toilet or toilet area in a boat. Headroom — vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top. Helm — steering console. Hull — the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load. Keel — the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat. Knot — unit of speed in nautical miles per hour. Lee — the side that is sheltered from the wind. PFD — Personal Flotation Device; life preserver. Port — term designating left side of the boat. Rudder — Movable fixture at the stern used for steering. Scupper — hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit. Sheer — curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side. Snub — to check or tighten a line suddenly. Starboard — term designating right side of the boat Stern — the aft end of a boat. Stern drive — outboard unit of an inboard/outboard (1/0) engine installation. Stringer — longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength. Transom — transverse part of stern. Wake — disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion. Windward — toward the direction from which the wind is blowing. 1.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY 19. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. Acommon violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. Help protect your waters. Fill tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion. B. WASTE DISPOSAL Many areas prohibit overboard sewer discharge. Close and disable flow-through waste systems to prevent discharge in such areas. Bagall refuse until it can be disposed of ashore. Regulations prohibit disposal of plastic anywhere in the marine environment and restrict other garbage disposal within specified distances from shore. f A NOTICE = J * There is a possibility of being fined for having an operable direct overboard discharge of waste in some waters. Removing seacock handle, in closed position, or other means must be used to avoid fine. e lt is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the United States. The Coast Guard is requiring any ocean-going boats 40 feet or larger to have a written “waste management” plan on board. While the requirement is aimed at commercial and passenger ships, there is no exception for recreational boats. “Ocean-going” means any boat going beyond the three-mile coastal U.S. boundary. The written plan can be as simple as: All vessel refuse is placed in trash bags which are stored on board until they can be disposed of in dumpsters on shore. This policy is reviewed by all crew and passengers. The person in charge of carrying out the plan is: Name: FOR BOATS WITH VACUFLUSH® HEADS ONLY Do not place facial tissues, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Such material can damage the waste disposal system and the environment. C. EXCESSIVE NOISE Many areas regulate noise limits. Even if there are no laws, courtesy demands that boats operate quietly. D. WAKE / WASH SPEED HAZARD - Watch your wake. It might capsize a small craft. You are responisble for damage caused by your wake. Power boat wakes can endanger people and vessels. Each power boat operator is responsible for injury or damage caused by the boat's wake. Be especially careful in confined areas such as channels or marinas. Observe “no wake” warnings. Reduce speed in congested waterway. Be alert for No Wake markers. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 20. KEY TO SYMBOLS ON CONTROLS SECTION 1 * SAFETY ISO 01 ISO 02 ISO 03 & PRINTS These symbols may be found on your controls and ) S . . , . gauges and/or used in this owner’s manual. This ! ENGINE ENGINE page is to help you understand what the symbols ENGINE START STOP mean. ISO 04 ISO 05 ISO 06 ISO 07 ISO 08 ISO 09 EMERGENCY civ START SWITCH ENGINE EXHAUST ENGINE ENGINE (COOLANT) ENGINE OIL CONTROL ROTATIONAL COOLANT WATER JACKET PRESSURE (TWIN ENGINE ONLY) SPEED TEMPERATURE ISO 10 ISO 11 ISO 12 ISO 13 ISO 14 ISO 15 В F=- = В FUEL, DIESEL FUEL FUEL LEADED UNLEADED GENERAL FUEL LEVEL FILTER FUEL FUEL ISO 16 ISO 17 ISO 18 ISO 19 ISO 20 ISO 21 \ SF — 7 INTERIOR BILGE BLOWER ELAPSED BILGE PUMP OL TIME LIGHT ISO 22 ISO 23 ISO 24 ISO 25 ISO 26 ISO 27 © Re “,” “ - - AAA IN e e / ` I FRESH WATER WASTE RUNNING LIGHTS ANCHOR BASED COOLANT WATER/SEWAGE WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD UNDER POWER LIGHT WIPER WASHER ISO 28 ISO 29 ISO 30 ISO 31 ISO 32 ISO 33 an on TA t NE, п. п. WINDSHIELD 4 PROPULSION WIPER AND COMPASS ANCHOR HORN PROPULSION SYSTEM TRIM WASHER SYSTEM TRIM BOW UP ISO 34 ISO 35 1 ISO 36 Т ISO 37 A ISO 38 ISO 39 JL JL À y ROTARY CONTROL (QUANTITY INCREASES PROPULSION TRIM TAB SINGLE CONTROL WITH WIDTH OF BATTERY SYSTEM TRIM TRIMMING LEVER CONTROL LEVER OPERAT- SYMBOL) BOW DOWN OPERATION (THROTTLE & SHIFT) ING DIRECTION ISO 40 ISO 41 ISO 42 ISO 43 ISO 44 ISO 45 С © O A EX = WARNING LIFT POINT OR PROPER ELECTRICAL FIRE RISK NO SMOKE PROPELLER LOCATION OF LIFT POINT HAZARD SLING 1.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY 21. 420 DA WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS \. Save Our Seas It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to $25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years. PLASTIC - Includes but is not limited to: plastic bags, styrofoam cups and lids, sixpack holders, stirrers, straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, synthetic fishing nets, ropes, lines, and bio or photo degrad- able plastics. GARBAGE - Means paper, rags, glass, metal, crockery (generated in living spaces aboard the vessel-what we normally call trash), and all kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste. “Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dish- water, and gray water. INSIDE 3 MILES (and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers, Bays and Sounds) PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/ GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS 3 TO 12 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINNING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT ANY GARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS THAN ONE SQUARE INCH 12 TO 25 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING MATERIALS THAT FLOAT 12 TO 25 MILES PLASTICS DUNNAGE- Material used to block and brace cargo, and is considered a cargo associ- ated waste. DISHWATER- Means the lig- uid residue from the manual or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils which, have been pre-cleaned to the extent that any food particles adhering to them would not normally interfere with the operation of auto- matic dishwashers. GRAYWATER - Means drain- age from a dishwasher, shower, laundry, bath, and washbasin, and does not in- clude drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo spaces. COCKPIT WET BAR BEHIND MDP CABINET DOOR 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 1 * SAFETY THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 1.18 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA Warning L abel Locations UNDER HATCH TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. MRP 1112879 SR-214 SHORE POWER WARNING To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as follows; 1. Turn off boat’s shore power switch. 2. Connect cable at boat first. 3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates, disconnect and connect polarity. 4. Disconnect at shore outlet first. 5. Close inlet cover tightly. DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA. SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT. MRP # 113562 SR-216 NO SMOKING GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOXIVE GASOLINE RECOMMENDATION Minimum octane rating of 87 AKI. Refer to the engine owner’s manual for additional information. MRP 852533 SR-119A N 7 WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (FiG. 1.19.1) f A RUNNING BOAT WITH DOOR OPEN COULD SUGGESTED CARE 8 MAINTENANCE —. NO SMOKING INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN. GASOLINE VAPORS ARE EXPLOXIVE SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS WA R N I N G AFTER EACH USE: TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE CONCERNING CARBON MONOXIDE. Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with ES BONN EN MRP#1672112 SR285 fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water GASOLINE RECOMMENDATION MRP 811000 SR-102 ABOVE CABIN ENTRY DOOR I Aaa UCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING Minimum octane rating of 87 AKI. FORE AND AFT SUN PADS SHOULD NOT BE . MONTHLY: Refer to he engine owner 8 manual for FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE USED WHEN VESSEL IS UNDER WAY. AN TAL TES AWAY FROM GYPSY AND xamine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodge a itonal information. 7 A D ee and vioreion parties lodged MRP 852533 SR-119A MRP # 852558 SR-140 —WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE Wash entire ladder, uning ONLYa clean, soft cloth, and mild soa ENCLOSED USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS potion Fine thoroughly wih rsh weer To preven damage NEVER AT THE MAIN SWITCH. J MRP # 222026 —ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING. or clear silicone grease to the slide areas ONLY. Work ladder back and W/DIESEL OPTION ONLY WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS fn see ton of band and ware of pra JURY OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER SLING MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT PE SEES RER ACCIDENTAL RELEASE. nspact the cdr for dara a check the ssutty of al esteners ~BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER prior to use. ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING. | MRP 1573112 SR-505 | - DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITH THE DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED. - DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY. MRP 852616 SR-124 INSIDE TRANSOM DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE MRP 1017375 MRP # 921759 STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS SR - 162 EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP SR-198 ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH UNDERSIDE OF HATCH 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 1.19 420 DA Warning Label Locations x r WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (FIG. 1 20. 1) VISIBILITY FROM THIS HELM STATION IS LIMITED AVOID COLLISIONS-MAINTAIN LOOKOUT AS REQUIRED IN ‘RULES OF THE ROAD’ Sea Ray Boats BY US COAST GUARD. 420 DA | MRP #1088574 MAXIMUM e 15W+m= 1,815 kg PREVENT THE DISCHARGE OF POLLUTANTS DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO NAVIGABLE WATERS CE OPTION IS PROHIBITED OF SUCH A DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM, SHEEN OR A DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE, OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. MRP # 70) ici iD ARE SUBJECT TO PENALITIES. SR-166 AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH FROM CARBON MONOXIDE AS UE £' ECEPT x 3% REPLACES SR-44 ON CE OPTION ONLY YACH 3 CER FIFICAT 10% EXHAUST FUMES FROM ENGINES CONTAIN CARBON MONOXIDE GAS SIGN COMPLIANCE VITA NIKE RECUIREMENTE IN EFEC AND MAY COLLECT IN ENCLOSED AREAS E DATE ETICA 5 As MARUFACTORES D ISCHARG = O F O | L PRO H | BITED KEEP COCKPIT CABIN AND CABIN AREAS WELL VENTILATED. DO NOT dATIONBE MARINE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION USE CANVAS, SIDE CURTAINS AND FORWARD VISOR WITHOUT > ROAT COMPLIES WITH 11S. COAST GUARDO SAF PROPER VENTILATION. NOASDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF CERTIFICAT THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE E (BOATS ING, MERBITT ISLAND, FI DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE CO SIDKNESS SYMPTIONS INCLUDE HEADACHE, NAUSEA, AND WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DOMESTIC DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSESA MRP 1369743 SR.246 SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. N J VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000. ON GAS POWERED BOATS ONLY MRP # 258509 [ NOTICE » [ NOTICE ] THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD SUMMER AND HOT ZONES. 12VDC - 15A MAX IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY MRP # 914341 SR-139 MRP 955278 SR-118 WITH MACERATOR OPTION ONLY IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION! a N MRP# 1199363 SR-218 PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL: * LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION BEARINGS. * CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION. | MRP # 1089242 SR - 203 J STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS MRP # 921759 SR - 162 UNDER HATCH Y A N 7 1.20 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 420 DA Warning Label Locations и WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (FG. 1.21.1) N 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) AVOID COLLISIONS ¢ Maintain Look-out as required by the “Rules of the Road”. * Visibility can be limited by high boat trim angles. persons, gear, weather and light conditions. * At all times proceed at a Safe Speed so that you can take proper and effective action to avoid hazardous conditions. Such issues are considered under the control of the operatror! AVOID COLLISIONS In all gasoline powered boats, engine and generator exhaust systems produce colorless and odorless carbon monoxide gas (“CO”). Direct prolonged exposure can result in CO poisoning which may be harmful or fatal. To prevent excess exposure and reduce the possibility of accumulations of CO in the cabin and cockpit of the boat, the operator should insure adequate ventilation in each the cabin and cockpit areas, through utilization of cabin hatches, cabin doors, cabin windows, cockpit windshield windows and side windshield vents to increase air movement through the cabin and cockpit areas. The following conditions tend to increase the accumulation of CO in and about the boat and require the operator’s particular attention: Operation at slow speeds or dead in the water. Operation with a high bow angle attitude. The utilization of canvas tops, side curtains and back curtains. Contributing climatic condtions, such as a head wind. Operation of engines and/or generator inconfined spaces or at dockside. Any blockage of hull exhaust outlets. Indications of excessive exposure to CO concentrations may include nausea, dizziness and drowsiness. DO NOT USE-Sun Pads, Boarding Ladder or Swim Platform and Transom Door should be closed when engine is running. gk SD œ | MRP 987719 SR-193 | BEHIND MDP PANEL DOOR AND EXHAUST FAN ON WHILE APPLIANCES ARE IN USE. MRP 1640176 SR-278 INSIDE CABINET LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MRP 852566 SR-135 TYPICAL ONALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS NA o MEA LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MRP 852566 TYPICAL ONALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS PLA MAKER DATA PLD PALETAS TURN OFF COFFEE BEFORE CLOSING DOOR MRP 852616 SR-134 INSIDE CABINET LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MRP 852566 SR-135 TYPICAL ON ALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS 1.21 420 DA Warning Label Locations WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (Fig. 1.22.1) BATTERIES LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND CAUTION EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE * BATTERIES ENCLOSED FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR + SERVICE WEEKLY CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY. * REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY | MRP # 852632 SR-151 | FWD ON ALL BATTERY COVERS { \ mom I A g =——| eo”) EYED o UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND n TURN OFF GENERATOR BEFORE REMOVING COVER O 4 | MRP # 852582 SR - 154 | TYPICAL ON ALL J-BOX COVERS TT AR Г 14 # т 4 HH | Man BOS — | STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS Т u т | WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING. To + [U MRP 852624 SR-149 р a 9 | TYPICAL ON P & S STRINGER La o ll | | | CC dl i — TT | * 8 9 | , 9 9 q | {_} I O Bg Bg Г |] ñ ~~ 1 М / p | ve "WE 1 | = ss 7 e Zz r | a a a . == = =e i 0) H TIT NN O: 4 = | со © m т fr nu AN A | [ - | NOTICE ) LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE SEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES. CORROSIONAT LEAST ANNUALLY. MRP 914341 SR-139 _ MRP # 852632 SR-151 |) TYPICAL ON TOP OF ALL BATTERIES N J 1.22 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. DocKING/LIFTING/STORAGE Do Not use cleats for lifting. A. Bow AND STERN CLEATS Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are intended for docking or mooring use only. CLEAT LOCATIONS (Fic. 2.1.1) ® LT N J When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided. With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings. The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck to assure the least amount of stress on the hull. Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity. PROPER LIFTING AND STORAGE OF THE 420 DA (FIG. 2.1.2) A SLING TAG A SLING TAG 7’ 9” Na 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.1 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT B. SUPPORTING THE BOAT A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull. Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings. While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder. Г N PROPER SUPPORT OUT of WATER (FIG. 2.2.1) CORRECT SUPPORT INCORRECT SUPPORT (NO GAP BETWEEN (GAP CREATES UNDUE HULL AND CRADLE) STRESS BETWEEN HULL AND CRADLE) N y 2. PASSENGER LOCATIONS 1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1). Boat motion can be erratic. You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat. All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement. Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies. 2.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT (FIG. 2.3.1) KEEP OFF HATCH DECK HATCH (ALSO EMERGENCY EXIT) 7 ° О PASSENGER LOCATIONS (COCKPIT & DECK) 7 WORKING DECK ZH (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION A DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY) ACCOMODATION DECK (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION DURING NORMAL OPERATION) FWD PORT + STBD KEEP OFF yd SKYLIGHT DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA. SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT. EET DO NOT USE SUNPAD WHEN BOAT IS UNDERWAY. DD N PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD | When underway, keep occupants clear of areas not designed for riding. Especially hazardous areas include seat backs, bow, gunwale, transom platform and fore and aft decks. FE aa) Wet decks are slippery. NN You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall. Wear slip resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold on to rails or boat structure. EEN TUN You can be seriously injured if you stand or walk here. ROTATING PROPELLERS CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU. TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. NN A DANGER 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.3 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 3. Basic BOAT DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES a Boat DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES (FIG. 2.4.1) 15’ 6 7/8” 4.75m 14’ 4 7/8” 4.39m 13’ 2 7/8” 4.04m 117 1 1/4 3.38m 34 (13720m) (101.6cm) Dimensions: Overall Length w/swim platform ----------- 45’ 0” 13.72m Beam 140” 4.27m Draft 40” 101.6cm Dry Weight (Ibs.) ---------- 25,500 11,566kg Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 335 1,268 (liters) Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 100 378.5 (liters) Holding Tank (gal.) --------- 42 159 (liters) Dead Rise 19° 19° Na 4. PROPULSION SYSTEM A. V-DRIVE ENGINES The engines on the 420 DA are inboard V-drive type propulsion systems. The V-drive system Incorporates an inboard engine with an angled transmission that allows the drive shaft to pass through the hull under the engine. See Section 4, Bilge and Underwater Gear for more information on the engines in your boat. REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 14’ 0” (4.27m) Height Dimensions: Keel to top of mast light ----- 15’ 67/8” 4.75m Keel to top of radar ----------- 14’4 7/8” 4.39m Keel to top of spoiler --------- 13 27/8” 4.04m Keel to top of windshield ---- 11° 1 1/4” 3.38m 5. PROPELLERS Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with propellers which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use under normal conditions and load. Under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum RPM for your engine. REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 2.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 6. GENERAL DECK LAYOUT 1 GENERAL DECK LAYOUT (Fig. 2.5.1) : 5 £0 20) НН Ch 0 \. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) ® (A) ANCHOR/ANCHOR CHUTE STARBOARD BOW STORAGE LOCKER (©) WINDLASS (©) DECK HATCH (Е) STARBOARD NAV LIGHT (F) SALON SKYLIGHT (G) ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED WINDSHIELD VENT (H) COMPASS (1) CONTROL STATION (J) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR WITH THIGHT RISE (K) FORWARD COCKPIT SEATING (D) REMOVABLE CUSHION STEP (M) AFT COCKPIT SEATING (N) STARBOARD FUEL FILL (0) WASTE DOCKSIDE PUMP-OUT (P) SWIM PLATFORM (Q swiM LADDER (R) TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER (S) PORT FUEL FILL (T) COCKPIT SHOWER (U) TRANSOM DOOR (V) COCKPIT WET BAR (W) FRESH WATER FILL (X) PORT NAV LIGHT (Y) WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES (2) PORT BOW STORAGE LOCKER SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 7. CABIN LAYOUT CABIN LAYOUT (FIG. 2.6.1) (A) MASTER STATEROOM BUNK ACCESS HATCH FOR MASTER STATEROOM AC (UNDER MATTRESS) MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER (D) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER (E) MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER (F) STOVE ©) GALLEY SINK (H) COFFEE MAKER (1) FREEZER (9) MICROWAVE (UNDER TV) (K) SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER (1) REFRIGERATOR (M) GUEST HEAD/SHOWER COMBO (N) GUEST VANITY © GUEST STATEROOM CONVERTABLE SOFA/BUNK (P) GUEST STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER (Q) GUEST STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER (R) BRIDGE STEPS (5) MDP PANELS (T) SALON SOFA (U) BOTTLE RACK (V) SALON TABLE (W) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD (X) MASTER STATEROOM VANITY (Y) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER 2.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 8. SPOILER f SPOILER o E (Fi. 2.7.1) © ВОН = RADAR W/RAYCHART GPS ANTENNA ® Fos (OPTIONAL) OT — © SEA RAY NAVIGATOR GPS ANTENNA = >< | (OPTIONAL) (А) ZZ — ©) RADAR Cu ¡E y Na (D) TV ANTENNA (E) MAST LIGHT (F) VHF ANTENNA (G) ACCESS PANEL (H) STEREO SPEAKER 9, CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT CONTROL STATION (FIG. 2.7.2) \. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) E NES NOTE: ELECTRONICS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN LOCATION AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT NOTICE. THIS INFORMATION WAS CORRECT AT TIME OF PRINTING. (A) MAGNETIC COMPASS PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER (©) SEARAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (©) STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER (E) STARBOARD ENGINE MULTI-GAUGE (F) ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER (©) FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR (H) SYSTEMS MONITOR (1) THROTTLES (5) VHF RADIO SPEAKER (K) CERTIFICATION PLATE (D) STORAGE INSERT (M) MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER PULL (N) DECK LIGHT (О) SPOTLIGHT CONTROL (P) CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL (Q) TRIM TAB SWITCH (R) SHIFTS (S) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE (T) STEREO CONTROL (U) MOUSE PAD FOR SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (V) AUTOPILOT (OPTIONAL) (W) CONTROL STATION STORAGE (X) RADAR (OPTIONAL) (Y) SWITCH PANEL (Z) VHF RADIO PORT ENGINE MULTI-GAUGE 2.7 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT 1 CONTROL STATION GAUGE PANEL (FIG. 2.8.1) O > О ® PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER © SMART CRAFT SYSTEM VIEW O E) STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER ® STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE © FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH (0) GPS CONTROL STATION GAUGE PANEL WITH SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (FIG. 2.8.2) (В) O ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER O (A) PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER © SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (0) STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER - : > @ STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE ® ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER GAUGE ©) FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH J 2.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT 1 CoNTROL STATION GAUGE PANEL (CuMMINS ENGINE 6CTA 8.3M OPTION) (Fıc. 2.9.1) pp f O a » . O o DA и ~ © OOO 0 еее) O O J (A) PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE ® STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER ® TRI DATA GAUGE © ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER GAUGE © STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE ©) GPS ®) FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (Gas) (F16. 2.10.1) EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM . о. $ PORT IGN EMERG STBDIGN BILGE ENGINE BILGE PUMPS HATCH START/STOP START START/STOP BLOWERS SYNC + HORN FWD AFT LUFT RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER $ AUTOMATIC I WIPERS —— WINDSHIELD 24V BOW WINDLASS OFFANT LOW/MED/HI WASHER VENT ~~ ELECT RADAR AUTOPILOTTHRUSTER _MAIN CONTROL + ACCY ACCY | © (CA WARNING) © GASOLINE VAPORS CAN EX ROUE RESULTING IN INJURY OR DEATH BEFORE STARTING ENGINE: - CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BILGE FOR GASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND - OPERATE BLOWERS FOR FOUR MINUTES. - VERIFY BLOWER OPER. RUN BLOWER WHEN VESSEL 5 OPERATING BELOW CRUISING SPEED. AUTOMATIC EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM WITH IGNITION ON: 1.- LIGHT ON - UNIT CHARGED $ LIGHT OFF - UNIT ello D mo: Q = = m =! © = mi Di o e E = 0! > = —— \WIPERS—— — ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI WASHER VENT © WINDSHIELD ELECT 24V BOW RADAR AUTOPILOT THRUSTER MAIN CONTROL T | | | | | | | | | | © ACCY WINDLASS ACCY CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL | (DIESEL OPTION) | (Fi16. 2.10.2) PORTIGN EMERG STBDIGN BILGE ENGINE CHORE START/STOP START START/STOP BLOWERS “SYNC ies CRUISE 1 SLOW à BILGE PUMPS HATCH FWD AFT LIFF RUNNING ANCHOR DIMM DER EERE RPM HORN Teror OVERHEAD BILGE SE WASHER VENT = WINDLASS RADAR AUTOPILOT TRUSTER MAIN CONTROL + ACCY | PORTIGN EMERG STBDIGN BILGE ENGINE + START/STOP START START/STOP BLOWERS SYNC RPM SLOW IDLE BILGE PUMPS FWD AFT HATCH HORN LIFT © WINDSHIELD ——WIPERS —— ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI WASHER VENT ELECT LIGHT: RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER 24V RADAR AUTOPILOT THRUSTER MAIN CONTROL S PA AE — SPOT OVERHEAD BILGE BOW WINDLASS ACCY 2.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 10. FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS STARBOARD THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (F16.2.11.1) Le SL FL Tia 2 \ NN Г TINS J (A) STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST AFT BILGE PUMP (©) HIGH WATER PUMP (©) VENT BOX (E) HOLDING TANK VENTS (F) WATER HEATER (G) STARBOARD FUEL TANK VENT (H) GALLEY SINK (1) STARBOARD ROPE LOCKER (J) HORN PORT IHROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (F16.2.11.2) (A) PORT ROPE LOCKER HATCH PORT ROPE LOCKER (©) POWER VENT (D) FORWARD STATEROOM A/C a 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) (E) FORWARD STATEROOM VANITY (E) CENTRAL VACUUM VENT (OPT) (©) BILGE PUMP (H) SHOWER SUMP (1) SALON A/C (J) PORT FUEL TANK VENT (K) WATER TANK VENT (О) FORWARD BILGE PUMP (M) MANUAL BILGE PUMP (OPT) (N) VENT DRAIN (©) GENERATOR EXHAUST (P) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST 2.11 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS 1 BILGE THROUGH-HuLL FITTINGS (F1G6.2.12.1) J (A) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST ® SPEED TRANSDUCER ® STARBOARD RUDDER POST PORT ENGINE PICKUP (OMITTED W/SEA RAY NAVIGATOR) © GENERATOR PICKUP (© ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD ©) DEPTH TRANSDUCER (STANDARD) ® STARBOARD SHAFT LOG SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) © A/C PICKUP ® PORT SHAFT LOG © MACERATOR DISCHARGE (OPTIONAL) (M) PORT RUDDER POST FWD — © STARBOARD ENGINE PICKUP 2.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 11. MAJOR CONTROLS A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS Standard on the 420 DA are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. Read and understand the information in the Owners Manual Packet for your yacht model's gear and throttle control. For safety's sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines. B. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS There are two gear shift levers and two throttle control levers. The gear shift levers have three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL (center), and REVERSE. The gear shift levers must be in the NEUTRAL position when starting the engines. A detent can be felt when the control is in exact neutral. Forward and reverse positions should always be in the full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Each gear shift lever can be used independently from the other, for Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Na A example, when idling one shift can be put in forward and the other in reverse for tight maneuvering. Shift gears only with engines idling. The throttle controls regulate the RPM of the engines. Pushing the levers forward will increase engine RPM. Regulating RPM of the engines will control the speed of the boat through the water. NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL. ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (F1G6.2.13.1) PORT STBD FORWARD .- .. REVERSE ENGINE GEARSHIFTS \ 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) PORT STBD FULL THROTTLE - - + x. * ` + * + + A . 1 * . " " * VARIABLE IDLE ENGINE THROTTLES 2.13 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT OPERATION 1. Throttle Levers: Forward motion - increases Throttle Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle 2. Gearshift Levers: Forward Position - FORWARD Center Position - NEUTRAL Aft Position - REVERSE MAINTENANCE The gear and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. ENGINE SYNCHRONIZERS (OPTIONAL) When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM. The syncronizer control unit is located on the aft component board in the bilge. If you have this option, refer to your Owner’s Manual Packet for the correct operating instructions for your yacht engine synchronizers. OPERATION: 1. Have both engines running and advance speed slightly above idle. 2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the control station switch panel. 3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to maximum speed position. Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective. Advancing the slave engine lever eliminates the synchronizer of undue strain in moving the entire control system. D. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS The trim tabs on your Sea Ray” are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station. They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel (See Figure 6.6.2) which must be ON to use the trim tabs . TRIM TABS SWITCH (F1G. 2.14.1) mp — ``. J 4 A RUNNING ATTITUDE LIST PusH BOWUP | TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS BOW UP PORT TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER BOW UP STARBOARD TOP OF PORT ROCKER BOW DOWN PORT BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER BOW DOWN STARBOARD BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER \_ J To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts. If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the boat and the bow will dig in. To correct over- trimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle. The trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart above) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull. 2.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS (F1G6. 2.15.1) (A) TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM) HYDRAULIC RAMS (©) TRIM PLANE ZINC (©) STBD TRIM PLANE (E) PORT TRIM PLANE (F) RESERVOIR FILL (G) TRIM TAB PUMP \. J When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded. In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds. f A MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD Ensure continuous visibility of other boats, swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition to planing. \. J The trim tab pump is located on the aft bilge bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom and can be accessed through a hatch in the aft wall of the master stateroom head. To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts. Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron || automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only. EFFECTS OF TRIMMING (F1G6. 2.15.2) BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”) EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT PORT TAB DOWN BOTH NEUTRAL NO CHANGE IN LIST STBD TAB DOWN STBD STERN UP PORT BOW DOWN PORT STERN UP STBD BOW DOWN Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will create and push a hill of water, Increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water. Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list. Trim tabs can also be used to provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.15 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT A PROPERLY TRIMMED BOAT: Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to 5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up). Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency. Preserves good forward visibility. e Increases safety. Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 12. IMPORTANT GAUGES A. TACHOMETER The tachometer ( Y Indicates the revolutions per minute (RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your Engine Operator’s Manual indicates the maximum full throttle RPM at which your | J engine should operate. This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM. B. 4-1n-1 MULTIGAUGE OIL PRESSURE, WATER TEMPERATURE, VOLTMETER AND FUEL GAUGES f \ Your yacht is equipped with a quad gauge unit which displays, in analog format, engine oil pressure, water temperature, voltage and respective port and starboard fuel tank levels. \ FUEL GAUGE f The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at idle speeds when your boat IS In an approximately level position. At slow plane, when your boat is in a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption (GPH). NN J 2.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT VOLTMETER r \ The voltmeter gauge indicates battery bank voltage. Each engine operating voltage will range between 12.0 to 16.5 volts when the alternator is charging. Significantly higher or lower readings indicate a battery problem, alternator malfunction or heavy battery drain. OIL PRESSURE GAUGE Г Y The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties. Maximum . pressure is controlled by \ | a preset valve in the oil pump. Note the reading which this gauge records after the break- in-period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as reference during the life of the engine. IF A COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE. Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level. If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea Ray® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE UNTIL THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED. Na A Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change. WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine and | ) maintained thereafter while the engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once. SYNCHRONIZER GAUGE (OPTIONAL) The synchronizer gauge indicates which engine is running slower by the needle registering * / to the slower engine. To synchronize the engines, adjust the engine RPM with the throttles until the needle is centered in the gauge. The engine synchronizer is designed to operate between 1500 RPM and Wide Open Throttle (WOT). When engines are not under load and running in neutral gear, they will tend to surge and indicate out of synchronization very easily. % ENGINE % SYNCHRONIZER REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR PROPER GAUGE READING. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.17 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT C. HOURMETER The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of operating time on the engines and generator. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. Do not leave ignition key on with the engines off, as this will increase the engine hours on the hourmeter. Hourmeters for engines are located in different locations with varying engine options. Each location is described below: Standard Engines: Engine hoursmeters are incorporated into the SmartCraft™ System View digital display monitor on the gauge panel at the helm. Refer to the SmartCraft™ owner's manual for proper operation. Optional Engines: Engine hourmeters are located on the system monitor available with that engine. The engine system monitor is located at the control station. Refer to the engine or seperate engine system monitor operator's manual for proper operation. Generator: The generator hourmeter is located on the generator. D. FIRE SYSTEM INDICATOR The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE SHUTDOWN AND OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The CHARGE and DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is ON the CHARGE indicator light ia ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system Incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines. After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch. Then restart the engines. E. MAGNETIC COMPASS Your compass (See Figure 2.8.2), properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby Instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station. After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart Indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm. NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading. The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass. NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic North compass rose. When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station. 2.18 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth. An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. F. SYSTEMS MONITOR The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control Module (DCM) located at the control station and a Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge component board. The DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition. The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the 12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors two emergency high water pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector. The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the bilge component board. f SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY CONTROL Monitor (DCM) (F1G6. 2.19.1) f в SYSTEMS MONITOR > AUDIBLE RESET ALARM SELECT The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat detection and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM. The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch. The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See page 2.21 (DCM functions) for all DCM display readouts. Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the running lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel. AUDIBLE ALARMS An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault. Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the DCM will display those functions. Never ignore an alarm. AUDIBLE RESET/ALARM SELECT The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.19 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function Is not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again Will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until it is corrected. The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission temperature had faults at the same time, the systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority. Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions. To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure: 1. The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the galley. 2. Atthe DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the ON position. 3. At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display Control Monitor (DCM) will display: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: The generator and engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on. 4. Start the engines per the engine start instructions in Section 3, page 3.4. 5. Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.7. With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht's Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are still being monitored. The DCM Function Table shows each function, describes the function and shows how it is displayed on the DCM. If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position. 2.20 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT DISPLAY CONTROL MODULE (DCM) FuncTION TABLE 1 N. Function Description DCM Normal Operation No Alarms SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL BIM Coax Cable to DCM Cable Connection Fault DATA LINK FAILURE ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE Forward Emergency * Forward Emergency Pump Under the PUMP ALARM Master Stateroom Hatch is Running FORWARD EMERGENCY Aft Emergency * Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine PUMP ALARM Room is Running AFT EMERGENCY Forward Bilge Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine PUMP ALARM Room is Running FORWARD BILGE Aft Bilge Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room PUMP ALARM is Running AFT BILGE Oil Pressure * Water Temperature * Transmission Temperature * Exhaust Temperature * Generator Alarm * CAT Diagnostics * Caterpillar Electronic Engines Only Engine Oil Pressure Too Low Engine Cooling System Too Hot Transmission Cooling System is Hot Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot Generator Oil Pressure is Low Generator Stopped Running For CAT Diagnostic Engines PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM OIL PRESSURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM WATER TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM EXHAUST TEMPERATURE GENERATOR ALARM (No Second Line Reading) PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM CAT DIAGNOSTIC The CAT Diagnostic feature is for Caterpillar electronic engines and will refer the operator to look at the port or starboard Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System (EMS) on the gauge panel at the helm. See page 2.19 for more information on the EMS gauge unit. * Function has an audible alarm 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.21 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT G. SMARTCRAFT Standard on your boat is the Smartcraft System, located in the center of the gauge panel at the helm. The SC5000 System View Display is a comprehensive boat information center. This system allows the boat operator to monitor a wealth of critical operational information which is displayed clearly and instantly at the helm. | SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) | (F1G6. 2.22.1) 78 | O 13:08” RPM 0 RPM 0 me 00 № H. SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (SRN) (OPTIONAL) Your boat may be equipped with the optional Sea Ray Navigator. The SRN, located in the center of the gauge panel at the helm, is an onboard computer touch screen navigation aid capable of navigating f A SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL) (Fıc. 2.22.2) a The system monitors water temperature and depth, engine trim, boat speed, steering angle, system preventive maintenance reminders, and systems diagnostics. In addition the system can be integrated with the boat's GPS, If equipped, to provide up to the minute course, speed, and fuel-to-destination information. SYSTEM CALIBRATION (FOR FIRST TIME USE) When using SmartCraft™ System View for the first time the system must be calibrated before normal use. NOTE: The detailed information listed which is standard on some models may be optional on others, or may not be available on some models based on engine and system configuration. REFER TO THE SMARTCRAFT™ SYSTEM VIEW OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE OWNERS PACKET FOR ALL SMARTCRAFT™ OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. = Na J you through the waters and your boat. Some features include: * Sea Ray Navigator (Charts, GPS and Navigation) e Contour (Contour and Depth of Ocean Floor) e Tides & Currents (For your location & destination) * Weather (Satellite) e Virtual captain (Owner’s Manual) Help (Sea Ray Navigation Owner’s Manual) (NOTE: Chart and contour data for your area may need to be installed. Maptech® is continually updating software and systems. Some other features may also be under development and not yet installed at time of purchase. Refer to the SRN owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for all SRN operating instructions.) To turn ON the SRN press the “PWR” switch on the face of the unit. Under normal operating conditions the power switch on the SRN power supply under the helm should be left in the ON position. 2.22 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT The SRN power supply is powered through the 12 volt electronics fuse block under the helm. If the SRN fails to turn on check the power switch on the SRN power supply and the fuse on the fuse block. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. NAVIGATION AND ANCHOR LIGHTS Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used. If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees. Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit. To OPERATE THE RUNNING LIGHTS: Push RUNNING switch on control station switch panel to the ON position. To OPERATE THE ANCHOR LIGHTS: Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position. A. CONSOLE DIMMER There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel which controls the intensity of the gauge and switch panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on. NAVIGATION LIGHTS (F1G6.2.23.1) GREEN LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) RED LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) MAST LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 3 NAUTICAL MILES) STERN LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 NAUTICAL MILES) ALL-ROUND LIGHT, WHITE LIGHT (VISIBLE 3 NAUTICAL MILES) If you opt to install additional equipment on the hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard top. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.23 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 14. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT fr SWITCHS & RECEPTACLES (Fıc. 2.24.1) (A) CABIN STEREO COCKPIT STEREO ©) COCKPIT (D) SALON STEPS (E) OVERHEAD INDIRECT (F) SALON (©) 120vV RECEPTACLE (H) CO MONITOR (1) TV TUNER (J) A/C CONTROL (K) TELEPHONE PLUG (1) HEAD (M) WASTE INDICATOR (N) FUSE (©) POWER VENT (P) GFI QUI J 2.24 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT fr Na SWITCHS & RECEPTACLES (Fıc. 2.25.1) (A) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE GFI (C) POWER VENT (©) FUSE © GALLEY (F) 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE (G) TELEPHONE PLUG (H) VACUUM INLET (1) AFT STATEROOM (J) AFT BUNK LIGHTS (K) GUEST HEAD (D) CO MONITOR (M) FWD STATEROOM SHOWER (N) ACCENT LIGHTS (0) MASTER STATEROOM BUNK (P) ACCENT LIGHTS (Q MASTER STATEROOM OVERHEAD 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.25 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT (COCKPIT & CONTROL STATION) f в SWITCHS 62 RECEPTACLES (FIG. 2.26.1) ; — / (A) FIRE EXTINGUISHER Y / MANUAL PULL \ / COCKPIT LIGHT / (©) GFI RECEPTACLE / (D) 12VOLT RECEPTACLE \ MM / / \. J 2.26 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 15. LIGHTING LAYOUT LIGHTING (F1G6.2.27.1) \. BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG BULB REPLACEMENT HALOGEN 12V 10W BI-PRONG BULB REPLACEMENT BULB#CEC1141 BULB REPLACEMENT BULB#CEC1141 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 2.27 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT LIGHTING LAYOUT LIGHTING (FIG. 2.28.1) 1 e BULB REPLACEMENT FUSE TYPE BULB #12V10WPERKO #70-0 - IN BILGE q o NU BULB REPLACEMENT - © IN TRANSOM BULB REPLACEMENT FUSE TYPE BULB #12864 12V5W 2.28 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 1. PREPARING TO DEPART As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® yacht, you are responsible for the safe operation of your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order. GENERAL 1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for length of trip. 2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard. 3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools. 4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use. 5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not on trip. 6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Equipment - Make sure all equipmentis stored properly. 2. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for proper working condition. 3. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm air flow through hull vents. 4, Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps function properly. 5. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from dockside power inlet. 6. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding. 7. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized. 8. Head System Holding Tank - Empty 9. Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose). ENGINE 1. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient recommended fuel for the trip. 2. Fuel System - Check for leaks. 3. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water. 4. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid levels. 5. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured 6. Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell levels). 7. Battery Switches - Check for proper working condition. 8. Fuel valves - Open 9. Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few seconds. 10. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. 2. WHILE UNDERWAY GENERAL 1. Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers safe. 2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed. 3. Opeation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration and turning. 4. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats, swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times. 5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to prevent buildup. 6. Weather - Monitor frequently. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.1 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 7. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the water and on shore. 8. Fuel - Check consumption regularly. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”. 2. Navigation lights - On at night or in reduced visibility. ENGINE 1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM range (refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for your specific engine). 2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually. 3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway. 3. RETURNING TO PORT GENERAL 1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line handling. 2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary. 2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in the bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary. ENGINES 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. 2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down. 3. Ignition - Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down. 4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises. 4. SECURING THE BOAT (GENERAL 1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside power inlet. 2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock. 3. Equipment - Dry and stored. 4. Float Plan - Notify person who had float plan that you have returned. 5. Canvas - Properly install canvas covers 6. Hull - Inspect for damage BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose). 2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF position. 3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - Inthe NEUTRAL and IDLE position. 4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF. ENGINES 1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel. 2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position. 3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose). 3.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 5. FUELING THE BOAT Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. A. GENERAL * Fuel during daylight. e Fire extinguisher — close at hand. Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier. e Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. * Engines — stopped. e Electrical equipment, including blowers — power off. e Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas. Smoking material — extinguished. e Inboard tanks — grounded. e Filler pipe — marked DIESEL. Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks. Avoid spills —fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion. Trim — fuel weight distributed equally. B. FiLLING THE TANK Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard aft gunwales (Figure 3.3.1). * Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last | FUEL FILL LOCATIONS (Fıc. 3.3.1) / PORT FUEL FILL STBD FUEL FILL fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. * Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. e Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. e Listen asthe tank fills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening. C. AFTER FILLING Windows, doors, hatches - open. e DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore. e QOniff test - if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone. Fuel tank - secure filler cap. 6. BOARDING e DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to builder’s plate located near the helm (See Figure 1.6.1). 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.3 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT Wet decks are slippery. You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall. Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure. Load to less than capacity in adverse conditions. Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed. Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear. e Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced. e Stow gear and equipment so that itis accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather. 7. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES (PFD’s) * Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1- Safety, page 4 for type and usage). e Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard. * ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly. This is especially true in colder waters, below 70°F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes. о If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled. e Allthrowable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand. 8. PASSENGER INSTRUCTION AND LOCATION Everyone on board must be told about the boat's behavior from starting to getting up on plane. * Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning. The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. ltis critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway. 9. STARTING THE ENGINES The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual. f A DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 3.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT Check battery solenoid switches for ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid switches are located on the main DC breaker panel under the aft bridge steps and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (see Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig. 6.8.1). Check the fuel tank levels. Check the oil and coolant levels. See your Engine Operators Manual for proper readings. Check engines for coolant drain plug installations. Check seacocks for open position Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see Section 4 — Bilge and Underwater Gear, page 4.11). Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. Do not start the engines until the source of fumes Is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated. Turn on the master key switches located on the DC distribution panel (see Section 6 — Electrical System, pg. 6.10). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power. MASTER IGNITION STB - CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BILGE NOTE: Ignition switches on the control station must be in the RUN position. NOTE: If your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar® EMS (Engine Monitoring System), the Caterpillar® gauges on the control station gauge panel will undergo an automatic self-test on power-up. While executing this internal test, the display will also provide a visual indication by ramping gauges and displaying all digits to the operator that the panel is (or is not) functioning properly. Refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet. 11. After ignition power is verified, check the gear shift lever(s) in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) at IDLE. 12. Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate starter for more than 10 seconds without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow SHIFT THROTTLE PORTIGN EMERG the batteries to recover between starting attempts. Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop. Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Move throttle lever down to decrease RPM. Do not allow RPM to exceed 1,500. Note: Alarm will sound when: Engine oil pressure is too low. Engine temperature is too hot. e Transmission oil is too low. Transmission temperature is too hot. Engine stalls. Exhaust temperature too high. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.5 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 12. Check the oil pressure and look at exhaust port to assure that engine is pumping water. 13. Let the engines warm up at idle and check for leaks. If engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed 1500 RPM. 14. Shut down the engines and recheck fluid levels; top off if necessary. NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine Operators Manual. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 10. SHIFTING To Drive THE BOAT Standard on the 420 DA are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. However, your yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric throttle control(s). There are different functions and operating and maintenance instructions which must be followed. Read and understand the information in the Owner's Manual Packet for your yacht model's gear and throttle control. Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety's sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward, when it is put into reverse. Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines. A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station)has three reverse. \. J positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear. The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) (See Figure 2.8.2) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight oll. NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL. 3.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT - ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (FIG. 3.7.1) PORT STBD PORT STBD UN DNA FULL FORWARD 7 “II: En gid THROTTLE NEUTRAL CY | “J VARIABLE REVERSE DLE ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES `. J B. OPERATION 1. Throttle Levers: Forward motion - increases Throttle Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle 2. Gearshift Levers: Forward Position - FORWARD Center Position - NEUTRAL Aft Position - REVERSE MAINTENANCE The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 11. STOPPING THE ENGINES 1. Bring throttle controls to — = 2. Bring gear shift controls to NEUTRAL position. 3. Secure mooring lines. 4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines. 5. Press STOP PORT IGN EMERG START/STOP START MASTER IGNITION PORT STBD /N WARNING (D САБО! RES! OR DE: N EXPLODE ATH BILGE 6. Turn master key switches to OFF. bEFORE ST: - VERIFY BL( 12. STARTING THE GENERATOR f A NOTICE A Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or f в DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.7 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. (Remote control switches are located on the main distribution panel or local switches on the generator.) 1. Check fuel tank levels. port salon (See Section 6 - Electrical System, Fig. 6.11.1). Depress the top of the generator ON switch located on the DC Main Distribution Panel GENERATOR START/RUN 2. Check oil and coolant levels. located in the aft port See Generator Operator's salon. Manual for proper readings. 3 ee tion coolant Depress the top of the GENERATOR | generator START/RUN switch until generator 4. Open the generator seacock. starts, then release switch. Check generator exhaust (port) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and 5. Run the bilge blowers refer to your Generator Operators Manual. for at least four minutes before starting and REFER TO THE GENERATOR MANUAL FOR YOUR continuously any time BOAT IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET. the generator is running. If fuel fumes aes 13. STARTING THE GENERATOR are detected, do not start the generator (DIESEL OPTION) until the source of fumes is determined Check fuel tank levels. and corrected and Check oil and coolant levels. the bilge area is safely ventilated. See Generator Operator's Manual for proper readings. Check generator for coolant 6. Place the generator drain plug installation. battery solenoid in ENERGIZED = = position.Battery a Open the generator seacock. solenoid switches are located on the = Main DC Breaker \ Panel on the forward RET component board in the engine room and the DC Distribution Panel located in the stop 3.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 5. Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes EE] | E before starting and any LENE. a. time the generator is |: "== == running. If fuel fumes are detected, do not start the generator until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is I) = HH BILGE BLOWERS safely ventilated. 6. While holding the PREHEAT switch depressed, depress the START switch. The starter motor will run, thereby cranking the engine. As soon as the engine runs, release the START switch, but continue to hold the PREHEAT sens mo switch depressed for 2 or 3 seconds. This bypasses the Low Oil Pressure shutdown until the engine's oil pressure rises to it's normal running pressure. Release the PREHEAT switch when the oil pressure reaches approximately 20 psi. 7. Check generator exhaust (port) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer to your Generator Operator’s Manual. REFER TO THE GENERATOR MANUAL FOR YOUR BOAT IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET. 14. STOPPING THE GENERATOR 1. Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC equipment and breakers including Ве co 5- main breakers and ; В в B= allow the generator ; to run a few minutes to cool down. 2. Stop the generator by GENERATOR ON START/RUN switching START/ STOP switch on DC distribution panel to STOP position or holding stop switch on stop generator until generator stops. 3. Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in the stop position when generator is not in use to prevent overheating electric fuel valve. REFER TO THE GENERATOR MANUAL FOR YOUR BOAT IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET. 15. SHORE POWER A. To Connect AND TURN ON SHORE POWER 1. On The Boat: Turn OFF all equip- ment breakers and ° TE ЕВ == co. E E. E SS: Turn OFF SHORE & Ue Ho Uw go o CT sien cpmn of Sent: GENERATOR = OT breakers. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.9 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 2. Turn OFF Main AC breakers above the shore power plug in the transom com- partment. Dry off the shore power cord receptacle on your 4. On The Dock: Turn OFF Dock Breaker. Wipe the out- let dry, spray moisture repellant into the re- ceptacle, then plug the other end of the power cord into the outlet box on the dock. Turn ON Dock Breaker. boat. Dry off the ends of the shore power cord. Spray a moisture repellant Into the receptacle TRANSOM and cord ends. 5. On The Boat: Turn ON the main AC breakers above the shore power plug in the transom com- partment. lt is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry before plugging into the dock power inlet. 6. On The Boat: POWER Light ON. AE ESE Route and tie the power cord from the boat to REVERSE POLAR. —_— oe dockside power outlet box to prevent persons tripping ITY Light OFF E > = E over it and falling into the water. ignt O, Te = He \ A (If reversed polarity DD ==" light is on do not turn : 3. Plug a cord end into the boat receptacle. Turn clockwise to lock. Thread the locking ring onto the boat receptacle to prevent accidental unplugging. on breakers, turn OFF MAIN and DOCK breakers. Disconnect power cords. consult dockmaster.) Do not energize main breaker under reversed polarity conditions. 7. Turn ON Breakers: Turn ON SHORE _ GENERATOR SHORE Shore power cords should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress ® on shore power plug and inlet. breaker. Verify proper voltage. (120 Volt System: 110V to 125V) (220 Volt System: 205V to 230V) (International) = В The use of extension shore power cords is not recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some electronic devices from operating correctly. «a J 3.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT Under no circumstances override the source select system. 8. Turn ON Equipment Breakers. B. To DISCONNECT SHORE POWER 1. On The Boat: Turn OFF All Breakers Turn OFF equipment breakers. Turn OFF SHORE breaker. Turn OFF MAIN breaker above the shore power plug in the transom compartment. On the dock, turn OFF the dockside breaker. Disconnect the dockside end of the power cord. GENERATOR SHORE ® [= | = ) — == ml lem 5. On your boat, disconnect the power cord from your boat receptacle. an Clean the power — cord, spray the cord = ends with moisture ELD) y repellant, and store the cord in a dry location on board. You must keep the shore power cord and the plug ends clean and dry. This is especially necessary if your boat is used in salt water. Always clean and spray your cord ends with moisture repellant before using and before storing the cord. 16. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO GENERATOR POWER. 1. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Turn both main breakers on the main distribution panel OFF. 2. Start the generator. 3. Slide the source GENERATOR SHORE select shuttle to expose the ® GENERATOR breaker(s) and turn it ON. 4. Turn the individual system breakers ON. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.11 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT A. MAINTENANCE FOR SHORE POWER CABLE SET & SHORE POWER INLETS Disconnect the power cable from power source before performing maintenance. The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment, life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent. A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance. In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse. 17. STEERING SYSTEM The hydraulic power steering system (Figure 3.12.1) uses the boat's engines to provide the “power” for the steering system, via a mechanical or electrical motor driven hydraulic pump. A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” portion of the steering system. "HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM (F16.3.12.1) (A) STEERING RAM AUTO PILOT (OPTIONAL) Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into “operating” mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly. In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering. An oil reservoir located on the aft component board in the bilge allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 3.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT 18. ANCHORING To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water. SINKING HAZARD - Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a stern-anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a stern- anchored craft under water. COLLISION HAZARD — Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal. NOTICE Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely. A. ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT The 420 DA is equipped with a windlass and an anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when not in use. NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain stop is released from the chain and the anchor is secured to the windlass chain. | ANCHOR ARRANGEMENT (Fic. 3.13.3 (A) ANCHOR SAFETY LANYARD (©) CHAIN LOCKER (©) ANCHOR CHUTE ANCHORING (F1G6.3.13.1) (A) BOW HEIGHT RODE (С) ANCHOR (D) WATER DEPTH TRIPLINE ARRANGEMENT (F1G6. 3.13.2) \. (A) FLOAT TRIPLINE (©) ANCHOR (©) RODE 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.13 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT B. ANCHORING Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance. The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor. Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is: Rode Length Bow Height + Water Depth Scope = Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope о Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions. e Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1. Example: Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7* Rode Length = 13 feet x 7* Rode Length = 91 feet * Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out too easily. C. LOWERING ANCHOR Be sure there is adequate rode. e Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat. * Stop completely before lowering anchor. e If using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual. Keep feet clear of coiled line. Turn on anchor light when at anchor or drifting (not under power). D. SETTING ANCHOR * There is no best way to set an anchor. Experiment to see how your anchor performs. * One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom. * Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging. Close chain stop (Optional) (see Fig. 3.15.1). E. WEIGHING ANCHOR * Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go. The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical. Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the starboard bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in . F. CLEARING A FOULED ANCHOR A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity. One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a tripline (see Fig. 3.11.2) before you lower anchor. e Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float. e The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides. A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats. e [fthe anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown. 3.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT G. A FINAL WORD An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances. We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance. 19. WINDLASS f À NOTICE A J It is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary. To Tighten Clutch: With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut (see Fig. 3.16.1) and turn clockwise. Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily f A WINDLASS WITH ALL CHAIN RODE (OPTIONAL) (Fıc. 3.15.2) (A) WINDLASS CHAIN STOP injury (Le. lose of fingers or toes). \. J The windlass is wired to the 12 volt system through the WINDLASS breaker on the forward bilge component board. The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To f A WINDLASS WITH SAFETY LANYARD (116. 3.15.1) (A) WINDLASS SAFETY LANYARD Na J operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON. A. TO OPERATE FROM THE HELM: Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Turnthe WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON. e Push the top of the CONTROL rocker switch (located beside the WINDLASS MAIN on the control station switch panel) to raise the anchor. To lower the anchor, push the bottom of the rocker switch. f A WINDLASS CONTROL STATION SWITCH (Fıc. 3.15.3) WINDLASS MAIN CONTROL B. TO OPERATE FROM THE BOW: f A WINDLASS Bow SwITCHES (Fıc. 3.15.4) FOOT SWITCHES 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.15 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT * Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Lift protective cap on foot switches at port bow and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result. C. To OPERATE MANUALLY: * Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Insert the emergency handle (located in the stbd bow locker) into the clutch nut. e Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor. D. MAINTENANCE: Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass. Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease. | WINDLASS (MAINTENANCE PROFILE) (F16. 3.16.1) EMERGENCY HANDLE CLUTCH NUT CHAIN PULLEY LOWER CONE It is recommended at least once a year to disassemble the windlass and remove any residue build-up. Using the emergency handle ( located in the bow locker), unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise. * Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone. * Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue. e (Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant. e Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by turning the handle clockwise. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in. REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 20. Bow THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium. To OPERATE THE Bow THRUSTER Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is located on the control station (See figure 2.11.1 & 2.11.2)). By manipulating the the joy stick also located on the control station the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard. 3.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT fr Bow THRUSTER OPERATION (F1G6.3.17.1) THRUST < BOW THRUSTER TOGGLE CONTROL (SEE FIGURE 2.8.2) The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 3.17 SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 3.18 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 1. BILGE A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is excessive amount of fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. As a precaution against fuel spillage,fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion. 2. BiLGe Pumps The 420 DA is equipped with four (4) bilge pumps, including two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps. Your yacht is also equipped with a gray water sump, with pump and float switch. The two primary bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel. These switches have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the pump is activated when there is enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its highest position; and deactivated when the water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being pumped out for servicing. The emergency bilge pumps and high water float switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.19). Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually or automatically, the systems monitor will display which pump is active. Should the high water alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required. | FWD BILGE Pump & FLOAT SWITCH (Fic. 4.1.1) © re © 5 (4) BILGE PUMP FLOAT SWITCH (©) CHECK VALVE (©) FORWARD BULKHEAD f AFT Висе Роме & FLOAT SWITCH (Fic. 4.1.2) © CHECK VALVES FWD (A) HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH (©) BILGE PUMP HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP (E) FLOAT SWITCH SWITCH (Frc. 4.1.3) (>) C7 D, © \, A FWD EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP AND FLOAT FWD > ON CC (A) HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP CHECK VALVE (©) FLOAT SWITCH 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR | BILGE PUMP ASSEMBLY (Fıc. 4.2.1) PUMP HEAD/ MOTOR ASSY DISCHARGE (©) IMPELLER (D) WATER INLET (E) LOCK TAB SINKING HAZARD - Ensure the bilge pumps are operating properly. Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge pumps dry can damage the pump motor. J The pumps are protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge. A. MANUAL BILGE Pump (CE OPTION) If equipped the manual bilge pump is located in the forward cabinet of the cockpit wet bar. MAINTENANCE: Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for 10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary. Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the flow of water through the pump. To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor. TROUBLESHOOTING: If water does not come out of discharge hose: 1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge to ensure it has not tripped. 2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on. 3. Remove any debris that may have accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer base. 4. Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections. 3. BILGE BLOWERS The two (2) bilge fans (one each port & stbd) in engine room remove odors, excessive heat, gas fumes and provide ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit f = BILGE BLOWERS (FIG. 4.2.2) FWD IN-LINE BLOWER - TYPICAL PORT AND STARBOARD AFT COMPONENT BOARD 7 TO DECK VENT DS AS | a = BLOWER HOSE >= ROUTED TO x LOWER 1/3 OF N BILGE (GAS ENGINES ONLY) PORT BLOWER SHOWN - STARBORD BLOWER TYPICAL a J 4.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD - Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator. Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes. Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine | performance may be adversely affected. J breakers on the DC breaker panel located on the forward bilge component board and are activated by a switch on the DC distribution panel on the port aft salon. The blowers can also be activated by a switch on the control station switch panel. Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge. MAINTENANCE: The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently. TROUBLESHOOTING: If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room to ensure that they have not tripped. 4. ENGINES The inboard engines on your yacht are the heart of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine's proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator's Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage. The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator's Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. f BR INBOARD V-DRIVE (Fic. 4.3.1) (A) ENGINE HULL (©) TRANSMISSION (D) SPARE CARRIER SEAL (E) SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL \. J (F) PROPELLER SHAFT (G) RUDDER (H) PROPELLER 5. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine gauge package. This package is provided as a safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative. | (Вс. 4.3.2) Gauge packages may differ with different engine options. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package location. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.3 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 6. FRESH WATER COOLING SYSTEM The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually. A. COOLANT RECOMMENDATIONS: The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0°F (-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to - 34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine coolant requirements for the specific engine on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet. 7. ENGINE MOUNTS The adjustable type engine mounts permit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine. IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion. ENGINE MOUNT (Fi. 4.4.1) (A) PEDESTAL MOUNT (GAS ENGINE) PLASTIC COVERS (©) ISOLATOR (DIESEL ENGINE) f A 8. MARINE GEARS A. REDUCTION GEARS A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency. B. REVERSE GEARS The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever Indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage. Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operators Manual. 9. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system on Sea Ray” boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while the engines are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness. A drain plug is located on each muffler. When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 1 \. 420 DA ENGINE EXHAUST (GAS) (Fic. 4.5.1) (A) EXHAUST HOSE (©) MUFFLER FROM PORT ENGINE — (E) UNDERWATER (©) FROM STARBOARD EXHAUST ENGINE (F) EXHAUST BY-PASS PORT SIDE SHOWN, STARBOARD SIDE TYPICAL 1 420 DA ENGINE EXHAUST (DIESEL) (FIG. 4.5.2) (A) EXHAUST HOSE (©) EXHAUST BY-PASS FROM PORT ENGINE (©) UNDERWATER (©) FROM STARBOARD EXHAUST ENGINE 10. ENGINE REMOVAL Should the removal of an engine become necessary, see your Sea Ray® dealer or an authorized service representative of the engine manufacturer. The following is only a generalized procedure to follow. Hose clamps must be tight at all times to avoid exhaust leaks. Shut off the fuel lines and close the engine seacocks. Remove all electrical wires, fuel lines and raw water intake hoses from the engine. Unbolt the engine coupling from the shaft coupling and slide the shaft and coupling back from the engine. Detach both throttle and shift connections. Cap off hoses to avoid hydraulic fluid loss. Do not bend or twist the hoses, as damage may result. Remove the mounting bolts for the engine and lift the engine out, leaving the mounts bolted to the stringer caps. To reinstall, reverse the above procedure. Check the coupling and shaft alignments, as well as water hoses and wiring connections. Also check for fuel and exhaust leaks and make sure seacocks are open before starting engines. 11. VIBRATION & CAUSES Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller. But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration. The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations. A. FOREIGN OBJECT INTERFERING WITH PROPELLER ACTION Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.5 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat. Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down. B. BENT PROPELLER AND/OR SHAFT A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key. C. ENGINE AND SHAFT OUT OF ALIGNMENT Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked. The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at .005 or less. Referto SHAFTS (pg. 4.9) in this section of this Owner's Manual. D. CourLING Out of TRUE Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail. Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys. They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center. E. ENGINE PART HITTING BOAT STRUCTURE Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine, such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration. F. OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore. 12. OL EXCHANGE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) If equipped the oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and generator. The pump is self- priming and pumps in either direction. The oil change pump is protected by the 24 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room. = | O EXCHANGE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) (FIG. 4.6.1) (4) TO GENERATOR TO PORT ENGINE (С) TO STARBOARD ENGINE (©) DRAIN/FILL HOSE (E) PUMP (E) PUMP FLOW SWITCH (G) OPEN/CLOSE VALVE (H) OIL EXCHANGE UNIT NN. J 4.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR A. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: (SERVICE ONE (1) ENGINE AT A TIME.) 1. Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge. 2. Selectthe first unit to be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body. 3. Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly. On CHANGE PUMP (USED Or) (Fic. 4.7.1) (D) OPEN/CLOSE VALVE TO PORT ENGINE (E) PUMP FLOW SWITCH (C) TO STARBOARD ENGINE (F) USED OIL \ J (A) TO GENERATOR f = On CHANGE Pump (FRESH OL) (FiG. 4.7.2) | <> „© (A) TO GENERATOR (D) OPEN/CLOSE VALVE TO PORT ENGINE (E) FRESH OIL Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling. Na J 4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60° F (16% C). 5. When pumping is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary. 6. Repeat for each engine, generator or transmission to be serviced. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. UNDERWATER GEAR A. PROPELLERS Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. - PROPELLER PITCH AND DIAMETER (Fic. 4.7.3) / / | PITCH — 1 DIAMETER © TO STARBOARD ENGINE ® PUMP FLOW SWITCH \ J When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable to carry extra propellers aboard. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.7 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR BASIC PROPELLER CHARACTERISTICS Propellers have two basic characteristics: e Diameter Pitch Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage. For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches. This variance is referred to as slippage. VENTILATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS 7 While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem IS normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by replacing the damaged or incorrect propeller with the recommended one. ‘ PROPELLER VENTILATION (FIG. 4.8.1) VENTILATION OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE > CAVITATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure. In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller or by replacement. Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance. PROPELLER TORQUE AND ITS CORRECTION Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat's bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel. Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat. COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns - COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS 4.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water. When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive. PROPELLER INSTALLATION For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner: 1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that the corners of the key do not touch the keyway fillets. 2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip marker and remove the propeller. 3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the propeller on the shaft. If the key is not pinned, tap the key back slightly as the propeller slides up the taper. This will ensure that the propeller does not ride the key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing the propeller off-center. The propeller is properly seated if the hub is in the same position as previously marked. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller clockwise until one blade rotates against the board. Do not put a board between the strut and the rudder. Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller shaft and seat the propeller with the correct torque as listed on the table below. Jam Nut Shaft Thread | Prop Torque | Torque Diameter Size Nut Ft.Lbs. | Ft.Lbs. 1" 3/4" Bronze | 100-125 100 11/4" 7/8" Bronze | 150-175 100 11/2" 11/8" | Bronze | 250-275 100 1 3/4" 11/4" | Bronze | 275-300 100 2" 11/2" | Bronze | 325-350 100 2 1/2" 1 3/4" | Bronze | 400-425 100 J NOTICE If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure be followed. PROPELLER INSTALLATION (Fi. 4.9.1) TOP RADIUS INKEYWAY SHOULD BE 1/2 THE FILLET RADIUS WITH NO CHAMFER ON KEY CHAMFER ON KEY WILLRESULTINKEY SHOULD BE LARGER RIDING UP IN KEYWAY THAN FILLET IN KEYWAY KEY SHOULD SEAT IN KEYWAY CORRECT FIT KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY INCORRECT FIT ILLUSTRATION #1 © (A) PROP NUT KEY (©) SHAFT (D) KEYWAY (E) COTTER PIN (E) PROP © JAM NUT ILLUSTRATION #3 ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED > ILLUSTRATION #2 \. 2X4 WEDGE BLOCK ILLUSTRATION #4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.9 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 6. Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. Ibs. 7. Install the cotter pin. B. SHAFTS The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine. The alignment should be set at a maximum of .005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 — 0.13mm). SHAFT MISALIGNMENT (F16.4.10.1) TRANGMISSION SHAFT COUPLING LJ a— MAX .005 — \. J With coupling faces brought together by hand — not bolted — the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange 90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL™ The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides an opening through the bottom of the boat for the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal” is connected to it by a short length of special flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration. The Strong Seal” prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal”. Refer to the Strong Seal” information for the seal carrier kit in the Owner's Manual packet. | SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL © (Fıc. 4.10.3) (В) (A) SHAFTLOG TUBE = (©) CARRIER SEAL KIT HOSE CLAMPS (©) HULL BOTTOM (©) WATER INJECTION FITTING Na J C. CARRIER SEAL Kit Your boat is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts. Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided. SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” ASSEMBLY (F16. 4.10.2) A LET (№) HOSE CLAMPS (D) STRONG SEAL (E) SHAFT LOG WATER INJECTION CE) STAINLESS STEEL (©) HULL FITTING BANDS © CARRIER SEAL KIT (5) FLEXIBLE HOSE J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR CARRIER SEAL KIT (Fic. 4.11.1) (A) SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL (©) CARRIER SEAL SEAL HOUSING (©) COVER SCREW (E) SHAFT COUPLING (F) PROPELLER SHAFT To REPLACE THE CARRIER SEAL: 1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out of the way. Remove the retaining ring from the Strong Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way. Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool. Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT. Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal. 7. Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed. 8. Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing. 9. If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft. NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch. D. STRUT The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing. Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure. f BR STRUT (F16.4.11.2) p (A) STRUT (C) PROPELLER SHAFT SHAFTLOG (©) BEARING Na A 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.11 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 14. RuppER & RUDDER STUFFING Box The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat. | RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING Box (F16.4.12.1) (A) RUDDER HULL ©) JAM NUT (©) PACKING (E) RUDDER POST (F) RUDDER STUFFING BOX As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water 15. SEACOCKS & STRAINERS Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area. To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers. The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually. | ingress in the event of water hose failure. TO CLEAN THE STRAINER Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally). NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. The wrench is located in the galley trash can when the boat is shipped. Stow the wrench in an accessible area so that it is readily available when strainer maintenance is necessary. Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing. Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle. Clean basket and replace. STRAINER MAINTENANCE (F1G6.4.12.2) ADJUSTABLE SPANNER WRENCH (SUPPLIED) (A) CAP O-RING (C) STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN (D) STRAINER BODY (E) HANDLE (OPEN POSITION) (F) SEACOCK 4.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 16. HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING CONTROL The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to level and filter is clean. The fluid reservoir and filter are located on the aft component board in the engine room along with the optional auto pilot pump. Sea Ray® recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power steering system. f \ POWER STEERING (F16.4.13.1) (A) STARBOARD RUDDER POST STEERING RAM (©) PORT RUDDER POST ©) AUTO PILOT RUDDER REFERENCE ARM 17. ELECTRIC BILGE HATCH Access to the bilge is obtained by lifting the electrically actuated hatch. The hatch is energized by depressing the HATCH LIFT switch located on the switch panel at the control station. NOTE: The hatch incorporates the entire cockpit area including the aft seating. Before activating the hatch make sure that all movable objects (i.e. coolers, equipment, etc.) are removed from the area. f A ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BILGE HATCH (F16.4.13.2) 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.13 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 18. 420 DA BiLGE Layout (Gas) Г \ 420 DA BILGE (GAS) (F16.4.14.1) = = + / ‘ | ye X | || ° и / ’ 0 NU — ~ ñ 4 | ] m | | e | a i Г Е a E | © ? © = oo. o | ° A , OT 9 = + | | Is || \ D : I | OM Ok : 6 | | | — 7 E F U | I | A т © Mle ——m : © Я 5 В т Q A E 7 | \ | - / a" © Co | À N (A) STARBOARD FUEL TANK (1) STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST (Q) GENERATOR EXHAUST STARBOARD ENGINE BATTERIES (J) STARBOARD ENGINE MUFFLER (В) GENERATOR MUFFLER (©) WATER HEATER (K) WATER TANK (S) PORT ENGINE MUFFLER (©) BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL) (LD) STARBOARD ENGINE STRAINER (T) GENERATOR ® HOLDING TANK © PORT ENGINE SEACOCK © PORT ENGINE BATTERIES (E) GUEST HEAD VACU® FLUSH (N) PORT ENGINE STRAINER (V) GENERATOR BATTERY © WASTE VENT FILTER © BILGE BLOWER (IN-LINE) © MASTER STATEROOM VACU®FLUSH (H) MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) (P) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST (9 PORT FUEL TANK \ J 4.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 420 DA BiGE Layout (DIESEL) \. (Fic. 4.15.1) (4) PORT 420 DA BILGE (DIESEL) у EI = — ha (E) Va 1 . [= — Г SI Le Cc + q FUEL TANK FRESH WATER TANK (©) STARBOARD FUEL TANK (D) STARBOARD ENGINE RACOR® FUEL FILTER (DIESEL) (E) WATER HEATER ® STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES — 7 <= 4 1/ / / / | AH 5 —] = — 5 TH To = 1 EN Е - a BIC Na Ш | (a) BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL) (H) WASTE HOLDING TANK (1) STARBOARD FUEL FILL © WASTE VENT FILTER (K) MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) © STARBOARD EXHAUST BYPASS (M) BILGE VENT HOSE (IN-LINE BLOWER) (N) DC BREAKER PANEL (G) AUTOPILOT PUMP (OPTIONAL) ® ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER (OPTIONAL) (Q) TRIM TAB PUMP (R) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER (S) PORT EXHAUST BYPASS (7) GENERATOR EXHAUST (U) GENERATOR MUFFLER \ LN] (V) PORT FUEL FILL (W GENERATOR @ GENERATOR OIL RECOVERY BOTTLE GENERATOR BATTERY @ PORT ENGINE MAIN BATTERIES GA MASTER HEAD VACU® FLUSH FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD C9 PORT ENGINE RACOR? FUEL ©) FILTER (DIESEL) 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 4.15 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 4.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 1. FUEL SYSTEM Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual. Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in case of leakage or line failure. A. FUEL TANKS The 420 DA standard gasoline fuel system consists of two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of 167.5 gals. (634 liters) each, for a total capacity of 335 gals. (1,268 liters). The port and starboard fuel tanks are connected directly to the respective engines through an electric fuel shut-off valve. Fuel can be supplied to the generator from both tank through the fuel selector valves on the crossover board located in the aft cabinet of the cockpit wetbar. B. FUEL FILL INLET The fill inlets for the fuel tanks are located on the aft starboard and port gunwales. FUEL FILL & VENT (Fıc. 5.1.2) FUEL VENT O FUEL FILL NO SMOKING QUNE VAPORS ARE EXPLO, SIVE 6 Y 5 © О > G % = © f= e, - O = Q = + = \ & SN | (El Ы y = Е = = = = = = © GAS GASOLINE RECOMMENDATIO y FUEL DANGER NOTICE 1 420 DA FueL LinEs (Gas) (Fra. 5.1.1) (A) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER ELECTRIC ANTI SIPHON VALVE (©) PORT FUEL TANK (©) ENGINE FUEL FILTERS (® STARBOARD FUEL TANK „ 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 5.1 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM C. FUEL VENT Your Sea Ray® is equipped with a fuel tank vent for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow. The through-hull fitting (diesel option) has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically check the vents to assure that it they are not clogged. f в FUEL FILL € VENT WITH SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER (DIESEL OPTION) (Fra. 5.2.1) (a) FUEL FILL SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER (STARBOARD SHOWN - PORT SIDE TYPICAL) 2. FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination. Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination. NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption. 3. ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE The electric fuel valves on the fuel tanks are wired to the ignition switch. When the ignition is turned ON the valve opens, when the ignition is turned OFF the valve closes. The manual override knob on the side of the valve should be left in the OFF position at all times. f A ELECTRIC FUEL VALVE (Fıc. 5.2.2) ( N MANUAL OVERRIDE ON/OFF KNOB KEEP IN OFF POSITION FOR NORMAL OPERATION J \. J In the event of an electrical malfunction, the valve can be opened and closed manually by turning the manual override knob. The electric fuel valve is installed in-line on the fuel hose between the fuel tank and engines & generator. 4. GENERATOR FUEL CROSSOVER SYSTEM The generator crossover fuel system allows the generator to draw fuel from either tank. This allows switching to an alternate tank in case of fuel contamination or for even fuel weight distribution. 5.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM Г ) The generator draws fuel from the fuel tanks utilizing (GENERATOR FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD valves on the fuel crossover board labeled FEED (Fı6. 5.3.1) | and RETURN. GENERATOR The generator crossover board is located in the aft cabinet of the cockpit wet bar. RETURN vom | zx OM 6. FUEL FILTERS (DIESEL OPTION) Primary fuel filters are located in-line between the fuel tank and the engine. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance and/or replacement of the filters. Improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, q J birth defects, and other reproductive harm. 5. FUEL LINES (DIESEL OPTION) 420 DA FueL Lines (DIESEL) (FIG. 5.3.2) GENERATOR FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD PORT TANK FEED TO SELECTOR VALVE (C) PORT FUEL FILTER (©) STARBOARD TANK RETURN TO SELECTOR VALVE (E) STARBOARD TANK FEED TO SELECTOR VALVE (F) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER ©) FEED TO GENERATOR FUEL FILTER (4) GENERATOR (1) FUEL RETURN TO PORT ENGINE © PORT TANK RETURN TO SELECTOR VALVE RECOMMENDED FUEL: #2 DIESEL FUEL Na J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 5.3 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM A. FUEL FILTERS Primary Racor® fuel filters are located on the aft component board in the bilge. To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance program consisting of proper lubrication and cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters provided by the engine manufacturer. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter. RACOR® FUEL FILTER (Fi. 5.4.1) я o - B 0 © cfs Rev NA 0 ту N (A) RACOR® FUEL FILTER FROM FUEL TANK (©) TO PORT ENGINE (D) PORT ENGINE FUEL RETURN (E) T-HANDLE (€) TURBINE (G) SEE-THRU BOWL (H) HEAT DEFLECTOR (1) DRAIN PLUG (9) LID B. GENERATOR FUEL FILTER A Racor fuel filter located on the aft component board in the bilge provides clean fuel to the generator. GENERATOR FUEL FILTER (FIG. 5.4.2) — E C. FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are f = RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (Fra. 5.4.3) < (A) T-HANDLE RUBBER SEAL (©) FILTER ELEMENT (©) DRAIN PLUG 5.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM properly tightened. Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily. TO DRAIN WATER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter. 3. With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain. 4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel. 5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected. TO REPLACE THE FILTER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Remove the lid. 3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of the old seal properly. 4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element. 5. Place the new seal in position on the lid. 6. Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion. 7. Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion. 8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid. Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. 9. Start the engine and check for any leaks. 10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down. It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter. REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 7. FUELING PRECAUTIONS Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. A. GENERAL: * Fuel during daylight. e Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard aft gunwale. Avoid spills. * Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. * Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. e Allowan additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. B. BEFORE & DURING FUELING — CHECKLIST: e Fire extinguisher — close at hand. Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier. e Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. Engines — stopped. e Electrical equipment, including blowers — power off. * Windows, doors, hatches — closed. Smoking material — extinguished. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 5.5 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM * Inboard tanks — grounded. C. AFTER FUELING — CHECKLIST: * Filler pipe — marked DIESEL. Windows, doors, hatches — open. o Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent — . Shifftest—if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers static sparks. until fumes are gone. * Fill level — fill less than rated capacity of tank; + Fuel tank — secure filler cap. allow for fuel expansion. Spills — wipe; dispose of rags ashore. Trim — fuel weight distributed equally. Never start an engine until you are certain that fuel fumes are not present in the engine compartment or elsewhere in the boat. 5.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. DC SYSTEM The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch on the DC distribution panel or the voltmeters at the helm, when the ignition is on. The batteries supply power to the main DC breaker panel in the bilge. In turn, this panel distributes power to the electronic fuse block and the control station breaker panel at the helm and to the DC distribution panel in the salon. The 12 volt helmstation and cockpit systems are protected by the ELECTRONICS and CONTROL STATION breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. The 12 volt functions on the salon DC distribution panel are protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main DC breaker panel. The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is attached to the main DC negative bus and the negative studs of the propulsion engines and the generator. This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine DC electrical systems. 2. BATTERIES The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system. The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat. Application | Group | Volts | CCA*|Reserve| Qty. Engines 27 12 600 155 4 Generator 27 12 600 155 1 Bow Thruster 27 12 600 155 2 *COLD CRANKING AMPS 1 MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES (GAS) (Fra. 6.1.1) © ENGINE TO ENGINE NEGATIVE ® POSITIVE TO PORT ENGINE, GENERATOR & BATTERIES ® POSITIVE TO STARBOARD ENGINE AND BATTERIES (© MAIN DC NEGATIVE ENGINE TO ENGINE NEGATIVE (D GENERATOR M GENERATOR BATTERY O GENERATOR BLOCK GROUND a (A) PORT ENGINE BATTERIES M STARBOARD BATTERIES 7 \ PORT ENGINE STARTER (POSITIVE) O STARBOARD ENGINE STARTER (POSITIVE) \ © PORT ENGINE NEGATIVE ® STARBOARD ENGINE NEGATIVE © 4 >) N TO GENERATOR POSITIVE TERMINAL ® TO GENERATOR NEGATIVE TERMINAL 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM f A MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES (DIESEL) FWD (Fra. 6.2.1) 7 Ge A NENNEN, K RN PE EP Zn o dy 7 2 ZZ ия МО IDEE D LL IRE» LA * a, ¿> o, Мо NS N (A) PORT ENGINE BATTERIES ® ENGINE TO ENGINE NEGATIVE PORT ENGINE STARTER (POSITIVE) D STARBOARD BATTERIES © PORT ENGINE NEGATIVE © STARBOARD ENGINE STARTER (POSITIVE) © ENGINE TO ENGINE NEGATIVE ® STARBOARD ENGINE NEGATIVE ® POSITIVE TO PORT ENGINE, O GENERATOR GENERATOR & BATTERIES ® POSITIVE TO STARBOARD ENGINE AND BATTERIES (© MAIN DC NEGATIVE M GENERATOR BATTERY ® PORT ENGINE & GENERATOR BATTERIES Bow THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL) | Recommended batteries are available through your (Fic. 6.2.2) local Sea Ray® dealer. A. To REMOVE THE BATTERY CABLES: 1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries. 2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel. 3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches. ® BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES 4. Remove the positive cable first, then the S | ® STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse \ J the procedure. The main engine cranking batteries consist of four (4) 31DCM series, 12 volt batteries, two (2) foreach f engine. If equipped with a bow thruster, there are two (2) 31 series, 12 volt marine batteries connected Always disconnect battery cables before doing any in series to create the 24 volts required for bow work on the engine's electrical system or alternator thruster operation. The generator is powered by one wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the J (1) 27 series, 12 volt battery 6.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 Never use an open flame in the battery storage area. N Avoid striking sparks near the batteries. A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging. While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged. B. BATTERY MAINTENANCE: Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones. The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings. Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels. Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry. Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit. 3. MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is located on the forward component board in the bilge. The breaker panel contains breakers for various equipment plus the control switches for the main battery solenoids. The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge blowers, engine event recorder (Caterpillar equipped only), stereo memory and systems monitor remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. f в Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.3 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 NN MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL (Fic. 6.4.1) 7 ON O O O O MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 12 VDC PORT STBD casınman 0 | lo o E ENGINE ro | 1 TION of | Jo cme CABLEMASTER O [|] O ELECTRONICS ELECTRONIC — | 1 OIL CHANGE CONTROL o | | о PUMP ACCESSORY O |] O e SUMP PUMP $2 O O ACCESSORY о || о FWD EMERGENCY ТО | ЕМЕВСЕМСУ PUMP O LI О о [|] о BILGE PUMP FWD BILGE | 1 1 1 PUMP © [|1 © SZ O [| 1 O SUMP PUMP #1 AFT EMERGENCY ® > | 1 AFT BILGE PUMP © | | © PUMP AFT PUMP O L | 1 O SYSTEMS MONITOR CABIN STEREO —j BRIDGE/COCKPIT MEMORY о L | 1 O STEREO MEMORY BLOWER #1 O [|] O BLOWER #2 ENGINE UNSWITCHED nr [| 1 ENGINE UNSWITCHED POSITIVE o [|] o POSITIVE SMARTCRAFT MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS o [| 1 o SMARTCRAFT GEN UNSWITCHED O — FORT — fuepcizzv —— BD — ВЕ ciclo | = о — DE-ENERGIZE —— /N CAUTION IF SWITCH 1S TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED O O O O \_ DD NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment. \_ J 6.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4. BATTERY SWITCHES AND SOLENOIDS The switches controlling the main engine and generator battery solenoids are located on the Main DC Breaker Panel located on the forward component board in the bilge and on the DC distribution panel in the port salon. - MAI BATTERY AND GENERATOR SWITCHES (Fic. 6.5.1) MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL ENGINE IGNITION о о 0 © CHIEN о о о о ACCESSORY EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP Le] о © о [e] LA o о o o o o o © | o o о o MAIN te SOLENOIDS EN PORT END STBD DE-ENERGIZE A. MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS The main engine and generator battery solenoids are located behind the main DC breaker panel along with the main engine and generator battery solenoid fuses. When the solenoids are in the OFF position all current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the bilge pumps and other line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor, blowers, etc.). The battery solenoids must be ON to start the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended duration. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) LATCHING SOLENOIDS (GAS) (FIG. 6.5.2) (В (А (H) - ASE N. р a $ NOS | И 5 Di: LS = vol “7 Ka A NER © ER wi: LR x RE COIN 8; : SR. IR ND = N, A DIN “NE oo 11 Pre > © ® (А) GENERATOR MAIN (E) EMERGENCY START SOLENOID SOLENOID WINDLASS MAIN (©) PORT BATTERIES SOLENOID SOLENOID © BLOWER MODULE © ELECTRONICS TERMINAL © STARBOARD BATTERIES ® CONTROL STATION SOLENOID TERMINAL = J fr в LATCHING SOLENOIDS (DIESEL) (FIG. 6.5.3) (5) PORT BATTERIES SOLENOID FUSE HOLDER (C) CABIN MAIN TERMINAL © BLOWER MODULE (© ELECTRONICS TERMINAL (H) WINDLASS SOLENOID (D GENERATOR SOLENOID (J) EMERGENCY START (E) CONTROL STATION TERMINAL SOLENOID (E) EXTINGUISHER MODULE (K) STARBOARD BATTERIES SOLENOID ` J 6.5 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM B. Bow THRUSTER SOLENOID (OPTIONAL) The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the forward bilge component board. Bow THRUSTER LATCHING SOLENOID (FIG. 6.6.1) 7 N © | (A) FORWARD BILGE COMPONENT BOARD BOW THRUSTER FUSE © BOW THRUSTER LATCHING SOLENOID \. J 5. CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL (F1G. 6.6.2) ® © TRIM WINDSHIELD NAV HATCH TABS VI LIGHTS LIFT SUN PAD — WIPERS — PORT STBD ENT О SPOT ENGINE 12v LIGHT SYNCH HORN LIGHTS BAITWELL RECPT ACCY © © © © © ® O © The control station breaker panel is located behind an access door under the helm at the control station. In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker. 6. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUSE BLOCKS & BREAKERS Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection to the electronic components at the helm and to the monitors in the cabin.. The electronics fuse block is located on the control station component board and can be accessed by opening the door below the helm.. a A ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK AT CONTROL STATION (FIG. 6.6.3) Ш N J ‘FUSE BLOCK, 1YPICAL (FrG. 6.6.4) \. J 6.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. GENERATOR AND WINDLASS BREAKERS Breakers for the generator battery charger and windlass are located on the forward bilge component board on each side of the Main DC Breaker Panel (Gas Engines) and beneath the Main DC Breaker Panel (Diesel Engines) See Figure 6.7.1. | (GENERATOR AND WINDLASS BREAKERS (FIG. 6.7.1) | | НСО jar a | H ( ТЕНИ O digg NETTE [ / 4 (DIESEL) (A) GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER BREAKER WINDLASS BREAKER O FORWARD ENGINE ROOM COMPONENT BOARD B. REPLACING A FUSE OR BREAKER In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker. If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing. Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electrical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard. Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows: This type is an in-line fuse holder and uses an automotive- type blade fuse. This type of breaker is found on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel. These breakers protect the trim tabs, wipers, windshield vent, navigation lights, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights, 12V receptacle and accessories. 1 \. This type of breaker is typically — r \ found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power. This type of breaker is found f SLOTFOR | on the main DC breaker panel. DE-ENERGIZING It is used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems monitor, oil change pump, stereo 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM memory and accessories. This is a manual reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch. This type is a current limiting f ) fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment (motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.). 7.12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE The 420 DA is equipped with two (2) 12 volt accessory receptacles. One is located on the port side of the control station and the other is in the aft cabinet of the upper galley. The receptacle is to be used with any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug. 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE (FIG. 6.8.1) GALLEY CONTROL STATION f = 8. EMERGENCY START SYSTEM The emergency start system utilizes a momentary switch located on the control station switch panel and an emergency start solenoid located on the forward component board in the bilge. Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting. Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine. To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine. The emergency start solenoid is located on the forward component board in the bilge. 9. ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT The 50 AMP/12V electronics circuit utilizes the ELECTRONICS breaker on the main DC breaker panel under the bridge steps to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station. There is a static ground buss located at the control station for connection of electronic equipment static grounds only, not for current carrying grounds. 10. AC SYSTEM f A EXTREME HAZARD - Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system Is in use. N J The 420 DA's AC standard electrical system operates on a dual 120V/60 cycle, 30 amp shore power system. Take time to become familiar with the Main Distribution Panel in the port salon. 6.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available. Voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the AC main distribution panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn through the selected power source's circuit breakers on the main distribution panel. The main breakers located on the AC Main Distribution Panel are equipped with a source selector slide to prevent the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source. Under no circumstances override the source select system. The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload. The main breaker interrupts both the neutral and hot feeds in the AC circuitto prevent equipment damage due to internal overloads and external surges. The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray® boats consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of the shore power is connected through the galvanic isolator and then connected to the AC grounding buss bar behind the main distribution panel. Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 105 volts. 11. DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL Your boat is equipped with a DC distribution panel located on the port salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus control switches for a duplicate set of switches on the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge and the main battery and generator solenoids. The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, blowers, engine event recorder, CO monitors, stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. 12. SERVICING THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.9 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM x AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (FG. 6.10.1) f в O O о O 120 VOLTS AC 20 30 20 30 ACVOLTS AC AMPERES << AC AMPERES POWER REVERSED POWER REVERSED o CT STBD SYSTEMS POLARITY o POLARITY = = о | | o RE ERATOR PORT SYSTEMS © GENERATOR a — GENERATOR SHORE ———— oO un O MICROWAVE ——— WATER HEATER Г | BATTERY CHARGER 12V STOVE AIR CONDITIONER FWD AIR PUMP RELAY CONDITIONER SALON AIR MASTER STATEROOM CONDITIONER AIR CONDITIONER BOW THRUSTER Г ) BATTERY CHARGER COCKPIT AIR о 24V о [Je CONDITIONER O WASHER/DRYER of Jo ACCESSORY о O O O \ и NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades J 6.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Г N DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Gas) (Fic. 6.11.1) a \ © 12 VOLTS DC о ° WATER LEVEL WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL FULL 12 16 % 24 26 10 20 30 9 DO NOT FLUSH 8 32 0 50 DCVOLTS DC‘Amperes EMPTY POWER BATTERY BILGE GENERATOR EC AR ÓN VOLTAGE TEST BLOWER START/RUN INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES PORT O | | QO MASTER HEAD O | | O FWD LIGHTING STBD STOP O | | O GUEST HEAD O | | O AFT LIGHTING SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR O OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS O oO O DISCHARGE PUMP O O A OHTING oO | | O POWERVENTS O [| ] O FRESHWATER PUMP MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS ZZ PORT GEN STBD О L | I O STEREO O [| ] O DATE —— ENE RGIZE os ee A Ie А O [| ] © REFRIGERATORI O | Jo 12\ RECEPTACLE O [ O ACCESSORY О [| QO ACCESSORY еее PORT MASTER IGNITION STBD /N WARNING /N CAUTION (D GASOLINE VAPORS CAN EXPLODE IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF RESULTING IN INJURY OR DEATH WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED BEFORE STARTING ENGINES OR GENERATOR - CHECK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BILGE FOR GASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND - OPERATE BLOWERS FOR FOUR MINUTES, AND - VERIFY BLOWER OPERATION RUN BLOWER WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BELOW CRUISING SPEED. O O O O N J NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades \. J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.11 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM fr DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (DIESEL) (Fi6. 6.12.1) 7 9 12 VOLTS DC о ° WATER LEVEL WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL FULL об Юм оо 1020 30 4 DO NOT FLUSH 8 32 0 50 DCVOLTS DC Amperes EMPTY POWER BATTERY BILGE GENERATOR SEEOWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING VOLTAGE TEST BLOWER ON START/PREHEAT INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES PORT RUN PREHEAT © Li O MASTER HEAD O an O FWD LIGHTING STATUS STBD STOP O | Jo GUEST HEAD O | Jo AFT LIGHTING SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR O OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (O) О O DISCHARGE PUMP O о Вене О | Jo POWER VENTS O [| ] O FRESHWATER PUMP MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS —S PORT GEN STBD O [|] O STEREO O [| ] O STE ENERGIZE | À | O [| ] (O) REFRIGERSTORI O | Jo 12V RECEPTACLE O [| O ACCESSORY O [ O ACCESSORY DE-ENERGIZE PORT MASTER IGNITION STBD /N CAUTION IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED O O O O N NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades \. 6.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 13. SHORE POWER A. SHORE POWER CORDS The 420 DA is equipped with dual 30AMP/ 120V/60 cycle shore power cords for hookup to dockside power. The cords are stored in the transom storage box. B. MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER Box The 420 DA is equipped with two 120VAC main shore power breaker boxes located on the port side of the transom storage box.. The breaker(s) must be ON to operate the shore AC power system. C. SHORE POWER The 120 volt AC main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories. To access the shore power see “Shore Power” in Section 3 - Using Your Boat. 14. GENERATOR Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operators Manual included in the Owners Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. The generator is located in the bilge aft of the port fuel tank. Generator gauges are located on the crossover board in the aft cabinet of the cockpit wetbar and on the generator. (GENERATOR (GAS) (Fig. 6.13.1) (A GENERATOR (D) INTAKE SEACOCK SIPHON BREAK (® STRAINER © FUEL FEED (E) EXHAUST \. J 4 GENERATOR (DIESEL) — © (Fıc. 6.13.2) a ® da > (A) GENERATOR (E) FUEL FILTER OIL RECOVERY BOTTLE (F) EXHAUST HOSE © STRAINER © GAUGES ©) INTAKE SEACOCK Nu J Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide. A. GENERATOR OPERATION The procedures for starting, stopping and switching between generator and shore power are explained in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, pages 3.7 thru 3.11. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.13 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15. BATTERY CHARGERS Never block air circulation through the unit. Never | store any gear on top of the units. NOTICE Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage. Na J The main battery, generator and bow thruster battery charging units are located on the port hull behind the aft stateroom Entertainment unit. These units are fully automatic and designed specifically for the marine environment. The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a size and weight reduction over their previously used equipment. Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers, these units bring a new sophistication to the battery charger field. These units feature a built-in amperage indicator and a dual color power-on LED. When the charger is on the LED will be RED, indicating charger is in fast charge mode. After the absorption cycle is complete (approx. 3 hours) the LED will change to GREEN, indicating the charger is in float mode. To verify that the charger is functioning properly, turn on lights or other load. The ammeter should register an Increase. | BATTERY CHARGERS (116. 6.14.1) —— 1 (3) MAIN ENGINES BATTERY CHARGER BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER © FORWARD ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD A. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAIN ENGINE BATTERY CHARGER Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. e Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. B. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE Bow THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER. Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.5V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. e Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.5V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 6.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15. HALOGEN LIGHTING Your 420 DA uses 12 volt Halogen lights as the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel located in the salon and 09999099 activated by lighting switches 057 HALOGEN Bus | (F16. 6.15.1) throughout the boat (See Section 2 - General Boat arrangement, Figures 2.25.1 thru 2.27.1). q J The filament bulbs used in all halogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying. Halogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass halogen- cycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when operating. A. CHANGING A BLOWN BuLB Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Halogen- cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal. Remove grease or fingerprints from new Halogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use. Grab light fixture housing and fr | pull gently from ceiling or wall. VN ON Take care when pulling the housing as it is spring loaded in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall. Grab the fixture containingthe f ) bulb and twist counter clockwise. Pull the fixture out of the rr 3 housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage. NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile. - Be careful that it remains in 1 place and does not fall out, as it will break easily. To replace the housing, [Г ) reverse the previous NN directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its receptacle in the wall or ceiling. Push gently to seatthe | | light housing securely. B. AC Low VOLTAGE LIGHTING Some overhead lighting in the salon is powered by the generator or the shore power system. Transformers located behind the salon entertainment center reduce the voltage from 120VAC to 12VAC supplying the lighting with a stable, constant power source. 17. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE (GFI) Ground fault interrupter receptacles are located in the galley inside the lower cabinet under the sink, master head upper storage cabinet above the sink, guest head upper cabinet above the sink, and in the cockpit inside the port storage locker. The GFI receptacles are out of sight and wired in-line with the exposed Vmar receptacles throughout 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.15 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFIl receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring. \. J the yacht. This allows your yacht to have an elegant exposed receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block above. GEI OUTLET ) (Fic. 6.16.1) N J The GF| receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons. It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults. The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker. A. INTERNATIONAL RECEPTACLE All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) located in an out-of-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation. lts function is similar, but not identical to the 120V СА. 'RCCB OUTLET (F1G. 6.16.2) Premers Premere mensilmente test Cos IAN= 10mA = J 18. ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION AND ZINC ANODES Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can resultin serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action (the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents. N (ZINC ANODES ON TRANSOM AND TRIM TABS (F1G. 6.16.3) (A ZINC ANODE ON TRIM TABS TRIM TABS © ZINC ANODE ©) TRANSOM ZINC ANODE Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and aluminum used in underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts. 6.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Replace zinc anodes if they are corroded 50% or more. Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem. When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock Never disconnect the green wire (safety ground) from the engine terminal. will reduce zinc loss on the boat. DO NOT connect this zinc to the boat's ground system. It is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire. Г NOTICE ) DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT OVER THE ZINC. < J Electrolytic corrosion can also be caused by “stray currents” due to a fault in an electrical item, even though correctly grounded. A. GALVANIC ISOLATOR Galvanic current isolators (zinc saver) located on the aft bulkhead behind the Main Distribution Panels are installed between the shore power ground and the boat's AC ground connection to the DC bonding system. This connection maintains the safety ground from dockside power while stopping the back-flow of DC corrosive currents. The galvanic isolator can be accessed through a panel located behind the salopn TV. 19. AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.18 thru 6.45). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea Ray® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat's electrical system yourself. Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray® dealer for service. Sea Ray® reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.17 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BONDING HARNESS (F16. 6.18.1) DRAWING NO. 09-201 (1 OF 4) No D E (A) BONDING BUSS PORT RUDDER ARM © (© PORT EXHAUST OUTLET (D TO PORT BOWRAIL & MAST LIGHT (E) A/C MANIFOLD (PF) PORT ENGINE STRAINER (G) STBD ENGINE STRAINER (E) STARBOARD STRUT (D ZINC BAR (J) TO STARBOARD BOWRAIL (K) STARBOARD RUDDER ARM 1 BONDING HARNESS (FIG. 6.18.2) (A) STARBOARD EXHAUST OUTLET DISCHARGE SEACOCK (C) TOSTARBOARD BOWRAIL (D) STARBOARD RUDDER ARM (E) TO TRANSOM DRAIN PLUG (BE) PORT RUDDER ARM (© A/C MANIFOLD DRAWING NO. 09-201 (2 OF 4) (6) PORT STRUT (D TO FORWARD MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS (J) PORT ENGINE STRAINER (K) STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK (© STARBOARD ENGINE STRAINER (M) STARBOARD RUDDER PACKING GLAND J 6.18 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A FORWARD BILGE COMPONENT BOARD MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS BONDING HARNESS (Fic. 6.19.1) 1 DRAWING NO. 09-201 (3 OF 4) MAIN DC BREAKER, MAIN TERMINALS/ WINDLASS & GENERATOR BREAKERS N = Ш FH w > N <= О FH < N — © СС FH <= © O O FH (© MSI ENGINE HARNESS (N) SYSTEMS MONITOR (© EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE OD FORWARD BILGE PUMP (Y) PORT FUEL SENDR ® © HOLDING TANK SYSTEM M HATCH LIFT LOCKOUT © MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS (© HATCHLIFT (D) SMARTCRAFT DCM's ® WATER HEATER STARBOARD FUEL SENDER (C) BILGE LIGHT BILGE HARNESS (FIG. 6.19.2) DRAWING NO. 09-801 (1 OF 3) 6.19 © © Q с Do < 5 0 Lo LO TI La © о < < D < = N © A < SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 Na BILGE HARNESS (F16. 6.20.1) (A) BILGE LIGHT DIESEL GENERATOR HIGH VOLTAGE (C) HATCHLIFT LOCKOUT SWITCH (D) GAS GENERATOR HIGH VOLTAGE (E) TO GENERATOR HARNESS (E) PORT FUEL SENDER (© MDP, STEREO, DCDP ($) wINDLASS (D ACRELAY (J) SUMP PUMP (K) FORWARD EMERGENCY PUMP (D WATER PUMP (W) WATER TANK SENDER (N) CONTROL STATION SYSTEM (O) STARBOARD FUEL SENDER (P) PORT HATCH LIFT/OIL CHANGE PUMP (O) AFT BILGE PUMP (B) STARBOARD HATCHLIFT (J) (S) BLOWER DRAWING NO. 09-801 (2 OF 3) 1 ENGINE HARNESS (FIG. 6.20.2) | A (A) CONTROL STATION SYSTEMS STARBOARD FUEL TANK SENDER (C) STARBOARD FUEL VALVE (GAS) D PORT & STARBOARD ENGINE DCMs (DIESEL) (E) STARBOARD ENGINE (E) SYNCHRONIZER (GAS) @ PORT ENGINE (B BILGE HARNESS (DIESEL) (D MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL/EXTINGUISHER MODULE (DIESEL) (J) PORT FUEL VALVE (GAS) ( PORT FUEL TANK SENDER (D MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS DRAWING NO. 09-812 J 6.20 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 (A) REMOTE HARNESS (DIESEL) GENERATOR HARNESS (Fi6. 6.21.1) FUEL PUMP CONNECTORS (GAS) (© REMOTE HARNESS (GAS) ©) BILGE HARNESS (E) FUEL VALVE (GAS) @ To DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL ® REMOTE GAUGES DRAWING NO. 09-819 PORT CABIN HARNESS N (A) CABIN ENTRY SWITCHES/CO MONITOR (J) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER SALON A/C (M) MASTER STATEROOM CO MONITOR | MASTER HEAD LIGHTS (©) TV ANTENNA SPLITTER (E) TV ANTENNA AMP (E) SALON CO MONITOR (G) STEREO AMPLIFIER © MDP/STEREO LIGHT | (K) MASTER STATEROOM AIR CONDITIONER DRAWING NO. 09-821 (1 OF 2) 6.21 © © Q с Do < 5 0 Lo LO TI La © о < < D < = N © A < SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PORT CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.22.1) (A MASTER STATEROOM HEAD VENT MASTER STATEROOM HEAD RECEPTACLE © MASTER STATEROOM RECEPTACLE © MASTER STATEROOM PORT SPEAKER MASTER STATEROOM STARBOARD SPEAKER (E) MASTER STATEROOM AIR CONDITIONER @ MASTER STATEROOM HEAD SWITCHES DRAWING NO. 09-821 (2 OF 2) Na A | STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.22.2) - SEE FIGURE 6.23.2 (A) STARBOARD NAV LIGHT TV RECEPTACLE/HORN COMPRESSOR (© STARBOARD HANGING LOCKER LIGHT (D) MASTE STATEROOM SHOWER LIGHT (E) POWER VENT (E) GALLEY SWITCHES @ REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER (В) MASTER STATEROOM CEILING LIGHT (D SPOTLIGHT MODULE а (J) WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID / YN nn LU N - N \ ” J A N \ (4) N / р / “J / \ 6 — DRAWING NO. 09-827 (1 OF 3) \. J 6.22 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM f = STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.23.1) FWD ss (A MASTER STATEROOM TASK LIGHTS MASTERSTATEROOM INDIRECT LIGHT © STARBOARD NAV LIGHT © GALLEY 12V RECEPTACLE ® GUEST STATEROOM HEAD LIGHT ® CONTROL STATION SYSTEMS © GUEST STATEROOM STARBOARD T TASK LIGHT ` (H) GUEST STATEROOM HANGING © LOCKER LIGHT (D DISTRIBUTION PANEL LIGHT B (J) PORT NAV LIGHT DRAWING NO. 09-827 (2 OF 3) Nu J f в STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS (Ро. 6.23.2) D FWD (A) CABIN ENTRY SWITCHES DISTRIBUTION PANEL LIGHT © vor (D) TV ANTENNA SPLITTER (E) CABIN ENTRY STEP LIGHT (E) GUEST STATEROOM STEP LIGHT E) (G) GUEST STATEROOM SWITCHES GUEST STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER LIGHT DRAWING NO. 09-827 (3 OF 3) \. J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 6.23 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Port Cockpit HARNESS (FIG. 6.24.1) (A) SHORE CONNECTIONS PORT AFT COCKPIT LIGHT (C) PORT BOWRAIL/MAST LIGHT BONDING (©) SPOILER HARDTOP CONNECTIONS (E) GALVANIC ISOLATORS (E) TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER B @ MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (B) WINDSHIELD WASHER SOLENOID DRAWING NO. 09-835 (2 OF 2) Na | STARBOARD COCKPIT HARNESS (FIG. 6.24.2) FWD <= (A) VHF RADIO CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (C) SUBWOOFER (D) STARBOARD FORWARD COCKPIT SPEAKER (E) SPOILER/HARDTOP CONNECTIONS ® STARBOARD BOWRAIL BONDING DRAWING NO. 09-841 J 6.24 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 (FIG. 6.25.1) | SYNCHRONIZER SYNCHRONIZER 4 e В STBD DASH PANEL REF DIG DS-0D3 | | STBD 4 N ] E SEND STBD CE E 4 IN 1 SEND 1 GAUGE и 2 re 3 ENGNE HARNESS ré 4 REF DWG 09-604 5 6 7 STBD TACH ENGINE 8 16 MODULE STED ЕЁ ТАСН La 35 LT BLU 1 16 TANT>| 2 Ml; DE # VID-+>|4 - PORT TACH 5 Ci 4 YEL/RED+>| 6 PORT x. Ев 14 BLKTZ| 7 TACH 8 Ри Е 30 M 30 (REF DWG 09-604 FOR INTERFACE TO OPTIONAL ENGNE HARNESSES PORT 4 N 1 CONNECTOR NOT USED N/SMARTCRAFT) } senD F SEND PORT — SEND 4 IN 1 I~ SEND GAUGE Lis pe ГЕ INSTRUMENT PANEL Ев REF DYG 09-90D A NOTES a 11 CONNECTORS shes LABELED AS SHOWN. с ZI SYNCHRONIZER WFED AS SHOYN, GAUGE = WILL INDICATE TOWARDS SLOWER ENGINE: COMPASS LIGHT =e e RED/VIO D Eo clei Fan a : I -701,08- TERAFT Y SYSTEMS MONITOR BILGE HARNESS INSTRUMENT WIRING. BACK LIGHTING FrP— 18 GRN/WHT 6 REF SH 5 J K L M N 0 CONTROL STATION p TERMNAL STUDS a R-X UNUSED 103-8 BLACK - TO ELECTRONICS FUSEBLOCK 103-2 BLK FROM BLGE HARE 55 FWD BILOE PUMP o 101-8 RED/VIO 101-2 RED VIO FROM BILGE HARNESS TO ELECTRONICS FUSER OC REF SH 3 AFT BILGE PUMP » BILGE HARNESS X2-8 BLK 5 FEFSHS TO CONTROL STATION 102-2 BLK FROM BLGE HARNESS NEGATIVE BUS REF SH 3 4 100-9 RED/VD 100-2 RED/ VIO FROM BILGE HARNESS F7 REF SH 3 sui HATCH LIFT RELAY ANCHOR LIGHTS = " " GRY/NHT +>| 2 MER GRY/RED+>|3 STBD COCKPIT HARNESS ft RED/VID 4 REFSHZ 6 BLK >| 5 JUMPER BLK 6 ELK+>|7 ORY >| B Е 0 FDA вас ние REF SHA WPERS RED/VID >| 3 4 WIFER DELAY F 19 GRN ] TRIM TABS Ly BLU 2 za STBD CABIN HARNESS A 235-4 GRY 3 REF SH 2 SPOTLIGHT |/ > RED/VID >| 4 PORT WPER L- 5 F WINDSHIELD Mel 12 RED/ VIO VENT ENGINE SYNC > o RED/ VIO 253-16 BLK1<|1 WPER MODUE NENE SINE 10 REDD 2ED-16 RED/VID-<|2 FEF SH? STED WPER FO RED/VIDI<] 3 5 ELECTRONICS : 5 HORN ÉS WHT 6 LAN AUTOPLOT GRY 7 DSHELD VE NNOSHELD VENTE 5 16 VIO/RED{<| B © VID+<| 9 LGS FE и RADAR D sa NAY LIGHTS “o Il 14 RED/VIO z4v BOK 12 BATT WELL [<> — = RED/VD THRUSTER F 87 HATCH LIFT FC LL 14 RED/VD 10 RED/VID >| 1 14 RED/VO BLK 2 CONTROL STATION 2 RECEPT [£1 14 RED/VD HATCHLIFT 1d RED/VIO1S| 3 HARNESS REF 5H 7 4 RED/VD BLK >| 4 SUN PAD [45> 14 RED/VD BBLS 5 и 18 се >] 6 ACCESSORY Оо 14 BLK/YEL CONTROL STATION Еве BREAKER PANEL RED/VIO A REF DWG DS-9DA RED/VID 5 CONTROL STATION 10 RED/VID >| C HARNESS REF SH 2 BLK+>|D BLK >| E 10 RED/VID+>| F 540-14 ORN/BLK +>| 6 RED/VID+>| H BLK >| J BLK >| K REF DWG 09-902 BLK и CONTROL STATION 159-1D BLK í SNITCH PANEL 2270-14 BLK >| N NOTES: 267-14 BLK >| P 12 VDC 11 NDICATOR LIGHTS NOT SHOWN. 670-14 BLK >| R RECEPTACLE ZI ALL PANEL NEGATIVES CONNECT TO 4 EA 14 RED/ VIO 5 РО 1 2 3 BOW THRUSTER HARNESS = 5065-16 4 REF DWG U9-616 & 5 = 8 © q F 152 F 66 y y BLU>|1 SALON CEILING HARNESS REF D9-6DZ 565-10 GRN{>| 2 BILGE HARNESS 3 4 = Drawing No. 09-601 (1 of 5) REVISION 3 = N J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.25 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM a“ N (Fic. 6.26.1) Mgr — — — — — — — — DI TR LILA | STED NAV ira NAY FART OF STED 1 [> 577-14 GRN REF DG 09-610 LIGHT CABN HARNESS | CONTROL STATON 2 578-4 BLU FOR WIRING SCH. SKITCH PANEL 236-14 GRY 237-1 GRY REF SH] 5756-10 REO/VIO 236-14 BLK—L_S30-14 BLK | M 2 | WNOLASS MOTOR | L 23644 ак то CONTROL SPOTLIGHT NEGATIVE jaa г — — 3 STATION CONNECTIONS COMPRESSOR | | + 5095-COAX 560-2 BLK FROM BLGE HARNESS 267-10 BLK | F AD [ 576-ID BL 266-2 RED/VI FROM CS HORN TERMINAL RED HIPER MODULE 1 [<7 FORT WFER | DEL | 2 |&4 PORT YFER PARK CABE PEN 3 [<1 FORT WIPER NEGATIVE | | 4 | STED YFER 5 + STBD WPER PARK 56 + STED WFER NEGATIVE | Г и >7k ak | | gm — — о ео о о ео о о ето т ео ето о — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 9 K FART OF 10 K | | WIPER MODULE к 25416 ORVRED HEH SALON CEILING HARNESS | п К Z 252 5 RELY PARK PORT WIPER в WIPER MODULE || 4 |>+ 255-16 ORN/GRN | ra | 5 2565-16 RED/VIO | HIGH 1 [<t WFER MODULE NEGATIVE | Lo > 6 >} 257-6 ELK PARK| STBD WIPER | Z |S PORT YFER POWER 77 GR 3 |<} STED WPER POWER 8 CONTROL STATON 4 || MPER ON | | SWITCH PANEL S [Kf WIPER SWITCH COMMON REF SHEET | 6 < WPER INT | | 7 K4 WINCEHELD WASHER SIGNAL 8 |<! WPER HIEH | 9 <1 WPER Lay | 10 < 1 < | CONTROL STATION | 12 SWITCH PANEL 260-14 BLY РЕ) — NED [S | REF SH 1 261-14 GFN VENT | | EL | MeTT | STED COCKPIT HARNESS CONTROL ASTATION 1 [>14 RED/VIO DEPTH/SFEED Ea CONTROL STATION HARNESS | WI FEF DWG 09-840 | ICH 2 [>} 14 BLK DEPTH/SPEED SPEED CONTROL STATION , 4 pa 7 GPS MTC PANEL UN 1 [>- 66945 BLUE | 4 [>1 14 BLK GPS | REF SHEET | 2 [> 226-16 GRY HHT 3 |[> 225-16 GRY | Meg | 4 [>] 26315 RED/VI0 CONTROL STATION A | 1 AUTO PILOT | 5 [> 228-14 BLK | SWITCH PANEL B [> 14 RED/VO DEPTH/SPEED COURSE COMPUTER 5 [>| 262-14 BLK REF SH | G |>+ 10 RED/VIO AUTO PILOT LINE E 7 [>] 670-14 BLK | D BLK GPS | в [>] 227-14 GRY E BLK DEPTH/SPEED | | СНАВТ — F RED/VIO AUTO FILOT LOAD FLOTTER | ve | 6 0-14 ORN/BLK (VF _ 5 1-1D RED/VO ELECTRONICS RADIO 1 |>- 5D00(+)-1872 SFKR GAN | STBD FYD | к FUSE FLOCK | Z |>+ s5D0a--16/2 SPKR GRN COCKPIT SPEAKER L = а [> 5D04()-18/2 SPKR RED = Ее | г | M E e TRIM TAB го — 74 > 50046-6/Z SPKR RED N Г SWITCH PANEL | 5 [> 510-14 BLK/YEL COCKPIT | R REF DVG 09-510 F 70 F7Z | Б >- 514 BLK SUBWOOFER 5 R —2N8.18 R£o {>| A 7 > | frye 5i2-0 RED [> [5 DRE NS CURE Ев WHT |B | | в >} Е 22 1 ЗЕ | BIE-12 YEL T 210-18 BLK с HATCH LOCKQUT RELAY | 4 5 51642 BLU > |U TO SYSTEMS [=——— 33116 FED/YA >|D | | 1 236-4 BLK 1 514-12 GRN Y MONITOR DISPLAY 332-16 BLK E M77 F2 576-10 BLK 513-2 RED Y = В о— о — — — >65 x BLGE HARNESS | | 1 [> 225-16 GRY 4 y BLGE HARNESS REF SH 5 | 2 «l 226-15 GRY/WHT E A. REF SHA 3 >+ 228-144 BLK | | 4 |>+ 262-1B BLK CONTROL STATION S9IA-10 RED/VIO | | ~ 5 [>t 263-16 RED/VIO | NEGATIVE BUS | ro —, > B > 62-16 BLU | 7 >- e22-1BALK BILGE HARNESS 570-8 RED AUTD PILOT | REF SHEET © | 7.8 LK CORE COMPUTER AED/VI0 FROM STED CABIN HARNESS | | | B > ses BLU D [> 670-16 BLE | 10 [> 277-14 GAY F о! ака CONTROL STATIN | | То! га NEGATIVE BUS | < BLGE HARNESS 2 |2 1 [Е] 920-16 REN/VIO A > REF SHEET 5 2 |<} 622-8 BLK B | || 3 |<! 91-16 RED/VO с | | 4 D SMARTCRAFT J-HOX | | Е REF DWO 09-7D109-702 | | | 5 || | H | J | | | К о e = Re = ss st st st st ss ss ss ss ss ss ss но LU ou LL — — = — — — — — — — — a PORTAFT pgTFWO ОО TRANSCM L e == == == — - == — | COCKPIT ENTRY STORAGE COCKPIT LIGHT, COCKPIT LIGHT PORT COCKPIT HARNESS | | Р Ве SALEN LIGHT # STED AFT REF DWG 09-034 | PORT CABIN Г COCKPIT LIGHT | Pe ооо ооо ооОоооООООтО | HARNESS l|<7 602-12 BLU >» B04-14 BLK - 615-14 BLU — 617-166 BLU SFOLER/HARDTOP HARNESS REF DIG 09-B02 2|<+ 6039-12 BLU | REF DWG 09-837 | | | El ea mix E 616-14 BLK —4 618-14 BLK | 4 619-16 BLU HATCH LOCKOUT SWITCH POs BLK | | | | | г го! | 1 PORT CABIN L 50011672 SPKR GRN | | NO coe 2/7 5001+166/2 SPKR GAN | | | 3|< 5003+)-16/2 SPKR RED FORT FWD | | 4|<+ 5003-H6/2 SPKR RED | COCKPIT SPEAKER F 73 M 73 | | | 6 |< 5004191672 SKA RED AN L 500(кн-6/2 5РКА STBD AFT | = SPKR RED 5001+18/2 SPKR El ! Ч GRN 5|<+ 5004H-16/2 SPKR RED 7|< 573-16 BLU/WHT BO0IC+18/2 SPKR EN > (2 Z [> 50d11-16/2 SPKR GAN COCKPIT SPEAKER | | 8|<+ 574-16 BLK 5002+1-16/2 SPKR RED +>|3 3 |[>! 5а02+нб/? SPKR AED || Р 76 | BODA-1-16/2 SPKR RED 1>|4 4 [>1 50921+16/Z SFKR RED BOCOHI-IB/2 SPKR GRN+> | 1 | SOD4(+1-16/2 SPKR RED 15> 5 S >- s004++18/2 SPKR AED SOC0H-16/2 SFKR GFN4>|Z | 5004(-1-16/2 SPKR RED 8 8 5a041-+16/2 SPKR FED PORTA Tar AKER 5004H:-16/2 SPKRRED > (3 | 5736 BLUNHT 17 7 [> 573-6 RM | IT | 5004H-16/2 SPKRRED-+>|4< = — — | 574-6 BLK > |B 8 > 574-6 BK——] | 510-14 BLK/YEL +>|5 | 511-4 BLK +> |6 | e MAST LIGHT > 7 | STERN LIGHT FS M 75 FWD MAST —> 8 | | LIGHT — 227-14 BRY L 4 GR | ema Zl L Z27-14 GRY EZ | | К г [> zzg-M Bit — WNDSHELD 262-106 BLK 1> 3 i 200 ak | Mi 225-16 GRY >| | | ASHER SOLENOID 263-168 RED/ VIO 1> [4 4 Sl 263.6 RED/VIO | zzb 16 GANT 1» |2 | Se 5 [>1 6218 BLU Zon ARE | roan BS в || = 5 te | BE | 7 BID-M BLK/YEL CA | я - . J E 1 | 51144 BLK 8 a Бан ВСК Bal 5 E B 6 < y LL A | ————————— 66S-IB BLU+>|8 [616 BLK+>|9 | PORT COCKPIT STBD COCKPIT # 277-146 GRY 4> 10 OVERHEAD LIGHT OVERHEAD LIGHT |" Su | 71-18 BLU | >? | B72-16 BL r= — — — — — — — — — Ar — — = ! FORT AFT COCKPIT PORT т РИ Со COCKPIT TBD AFT COCKPIT] STBD FWD CoCr COCKPIT OPTIONAL | | OVERHEAD LIGHT OVERHEAD LIGHT OVERHEAD LIGHT OVERHEAD LIGHT HARDTOP ONLY | | | | 679-16 BLU 677-6 BLU 675-168 BLU— — 673-16 BLU | | | L 680-16 BLK 678-6 BLK 676-16 BLK — 674-168 BLK 4 | Lo |} 2 Drawing No. 09-601 (2 0f 5) REVISION 1 «a J 6.26 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM f NN SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (Gas) WITH GENERATOR CONVERTER LABEL (FI G 6 27 1 ) 6 RED “60 FROM BATTERY CHARGER 115-6 RED ° ° ° SEE NOTES | & 2 BELOW 4 RED SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER NOTE: SEE NOTES | & 2 BELOW WITH WINDLASS LABEL RED 1 WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH. GENERATOR WINDLASS 2) VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL. SOLENOD MAIN 3) LABEL AS INDICATED. SOLENOID 2 RED (Y 2 RED TO WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID REF DWG 09-610 F8 2 BED [|] 555-16 WHT/BLU E] A 6 RED À 556-16 WHT/RED {>| B BILGE HARNESS VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 558-16 RED/VIO В LABEL AS INDICATED. CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD PORT TO BILGE > A. 101 В RED/VIO 101 2 RED/VIO — HARNESS E REF 09-602 BATTERY >. ENGINE SOLENOID Fl LABEL IGNITION 543-16 WHT/BLU B] | PORT LOAD 50% CABLEMASTER BATTERY 544-168 WHT/RED +>| 2 - ELECTRONIC SOLENOID — 545-16 RED 1>| 3 7° CONTROL + 100 8 RED/VIO IE MALO 1 $ BILGE HARNESS loo ACCESSORY 548-16 WHT/RED 1>| 6 REF SH 5 BUS BAR EMERGENCY X <> SUP РОМ VENDOR TO SUPPLY CONTROL STATION N | | | — 549-16 RED >| 7 Xx SUMP PUMP #2 WITH PANEL,LABEL TERMINAL STUD ST = | | | 55016 REDAVIO 121 8 AS INDICATED. SOLENOID | Ато ВЕК 5 400-16 WHT {>| || > A TO BILGE HARNESS 551-16 WHT/BLU B| 12 \ REF SH | 552-16 WHT/RED +5| 13 P nome e A X Sa Fan) — - к A EMERGENCY ©] 100 2 RED/VIO HA) 4000-16 WHT 6 ELECTRONICS 02U-16 RED POR UNE e AFT PUMP TERMINAS STUD 4010-18 BLK >| 18 | ~_ CABIN STEREO UNUSED © 19-31 UNUSED 775 MEMORY À &+ 105 2 RED/VIO— UNUSED +5] 21 BUS san 7 Кох BLOWER # L TO BILGE HARNESS 920-14 RED/VIO >| 72 — ENGINE UNSWITCHED REF S a HI ÉMARTORAFT Fz Ко ** UNSWITCHED 105 8 RED/VIO 404-14 YEL >| A “60 BATTERY CHARGER 208714 “ELE D 300-14 BRN/YEL +5| E BILGE HARNESS 2303-14 BRN/RED +>| F REF SH 5 STBD 305-14 EBRN/RED +5| G CONTROL 308-14 BRN/YEL >| H 31-14 BRN/RED >| J \ STATON 313-14 BRN/RED >| K к L LABEL 57 IGNITION М STBD LOAD “=> ELECTRONICS 322-14 BRN/ORN >| N | OIL CHANGE 328-14 RED/VIO P LT PUMP R 7 la ELECTRONIC 5 BUS BAR 5 ICONTROL + MK ACCESSORY 4 R EMERGENCY BILGE 28.30 RED, VIO 5 PUMP 218LN-10 RED/VIO 15| U i> SUMP PUMP #1 Y BILGE HARNESS LABEL AFT BILGE W REF SH 5 STBD LINE 67 PUMP v “E> SYSTEMS MONITOR Z ||, BRIDGE STEREO BUS BAR— | [| MEMORY EVN 6» BLOWER #2 L—— 4010-16 BLK BD] A [> 18 BLK > ENGINE UNSWITCHED 201-16 вск {>| в |S+ 16 BLK—— | PART OF BILGE HARNESS EET an BLK >| C 14 BLK— | TERMINATE TO MAIN DC a - 408-14 BLK >| D BLK— NEGATIVE BUS 5 ONSWITCHED Joa УЕ 140-14 BLK 5] E [> 14 BLK— 59 BATTERY CHARGER a 402U-16 REDH DO D Eef 402-166 RED PORT MAIN E 400-16 WHT + | BATTERY SOLENOID 200016 WT] 7 se 16 WHT/BLU BLOWER 16 WHT/RED CONTROLLER 8 2 3 16 RED 16 RED/VIO ~~ pe STBD MAIN a LE VEE BATTERY SOLENOID tl] YEr— 1 7 4 416 16 WHT/BLU DO VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 16 WHT/RED LABEL PORT MAIN BATTERY 8 2 3 16 RED SOLENOID. 16 RED/VIO GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID A 7 4.5418 18 WHT/ BLU A | TT——— VENDOR TQ SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 16 WHT /RED1— LABEL STBD MAIN BATTERY g 23 16 RED J SOLENOID. 16 RED/VIO < 14 EL < 8 GRN PANEL GROUND STUD MAIN DC ENCLOSURE VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, BREAKER PANEL RON LABEL GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID. REF DWG 09-950 2/0 GRN 14 - 2/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 6 RED + A 13.6 RED TO GENERATOR ® ® 15 6 RED CHARGER BREAKER E/ORED 4/0RED 4/0 RED PORT STBD 116-6 BLK ENGINE ENGINE NOTE: 1 2/0 BLY Van Dee BUS 1 WIRE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH AND MUST BE CONTAINED IN A SHEATH FOR IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH. 138 ВЕРЕС O GN —T ALTERNATOR 21 PLANT TO SUPPLY WIRE AND BREAKER. CONVERTER = GENERATOR — —Y TO MDP GENERATOR TL BATTERY = STARTER REFERENCE ENGINE OWNER'S MANUALS NOTE: | $ $ | MAN DC NEGATIVE BUSS FOR COMPLETE ENGINE WIRING DETAIL. ALL BATTERY JUMPERS ARE 4/0 CABLE 4/0 BLK L 4,0 BLY 4/0 BLK —— 700-8 GRN TO AC MDP " —— 701-8 GRN TO DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL Га n О O . - 707-4 GRN TO FWD BONDING BUS Na J 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.27 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (DIESEL) SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER WITH GENERATOR CONVERTER LABEL (FIG. 6 28 , 1 ) —6 RED 60” FROM BATTERY CHARGER 115-6 RED SEE NOTES | 8 2 BELOW 1) WIRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH. 4 RED 400». | SURFACE MOUNT BREAKER 2) VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL. a WITH WINDLASS LABEL 3 LABEL AS INDICATED: SEE NOTES 1 & 2 BELOW 4 RED 2 RED Г à MED 4 WINDLASS 6 RED A SOLENOID VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANE 2 RED TO WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID REF DWG 09-610 FB UPPLY WITH L ; 555-16 WHT/BLU >] A LABEL AS INDICATED. CABIN MAIN D) 556-16 VAT /RED B BILGE HARNESS TERMINAL STUD PORT BATTERY 557-16 RED >| C ReF SH 8 SOLENOID af 658-16 RED/VIO ->| D EDI TO BILGE ©) Q Е SVAN 101 8 RED/VIO 101 2 RED/VIO — HARNESS № ENGINE REF 09-602 — 8” JGNITION © | | 54316 WHT/BLU o lo CABLEMASTER BATTERY SOLENOIDS 544-16 WHT/RED P| 2 PORT LOAD ELECTRONIC FUSE HOLDER 45-16 RED >| 3 loo FAR-1R A CONTROL. + 100 8 RED/VIO ERDAS 1 € BILOE HARNESS yd 1 ACCESSORY 548-16 WHT/RED +>| 6 REF SH 5 BUS BAR sy VENDOR TO SUPPLY CONTROL STATION —— 24916 RED | 7 SUMP PUMP #2 WITH PANEL LABEL TERMINAL STUD 550-168 RED/VIO 131 8 AS INDICATED. 4026 =D o SPARE Oj 75 © 00-18 WET © CHD EMERGENCY TO BILGE HARNESS BH 7.5 1 551-16 WHT/BLU 12 \ — REF SH 1 552-16 WHT/RED >| 13 => FWD BILGE PUMP \ Ds | 554 © AED VIO 15 A _ 5 к AFT EMERGENCY + 100 2 RED/VIO 1 499046 WHT 42| 16 LABEL — | ELECTRONICS ET O2U-16 RED >| 17 PORT LINE fo АРТ PUMP ~~" TERMINAL STUD (5 4010-16 BLK | 18 CABIN STEREO STBD BATTERY clo-16 BLK 21 19 | 5 VEMORŸ \ SOLENOID 209-16 WHT >| 20 A a St 105 2 RED/VIO— J Ez 920 E FDA 0 > BUS BAR 6» BLOWER # TO BILGE HARNESS 4 y 23-31 UNUSED ENGINE UNSWITCHED || [> POSITIVE REF SH — SMARTCRAFT 105 8 RED/VIO F2 15 UNSWITCHED 404-14 YEL E] A LARGER 4068-14 YEL >| B 60° BATTERY Ch ARLE 500-14 YEL С 300-14 BRN/YEL >| E BILGE HARNESS 303-14 BRN/RED >| F REF SH 5 STED 305-14 BRN/RED +>| G CONTROL 308-14 BRN/YEL >| H SZ 31-14 BRN/RED P| J \ — Bâle 313-14 BRN/RED K LABEL 57 IGNITION M STBD LOAD 43 ELECTRONICS 322-14 BRN/ORN | N — OIL CHANGE 328-16 RED/VIO P 20 PUMP 538-14 ORN 8 ELECTRONIC BUS BAR X CONTROL + 4/0 REDB- Y GENERATOR > ACCESSORY X EMERGENCY START F4 SOLENOID ISLN-10 RED/VIO 215LN- 5 EMERGENCY BILGE 214-14 RED/VIO +5| T ZIBLN-I0 RED/VIO +>| U KE-SUMP PUMP 41 V BILGE HARNESS LABEL — AFT BILGE у REF SHS STBD LINE 5 POMP Ÿ kE-SYSTEMS MONITOR z | BRIDGE STEREO BUS BAR] | MEMORY Ke” BLOWER #2 ENGINE UNSWITCHED Fo 5 POSITIVE 204-16 GRN/WHT E] A Lag. SMARTCRAFT 404-14 YEL 2 BILGE HARNESS UNSWITCHED 304.8 EL — 950-16 RED/WHT 13] § REF SH 5 ESP BATTERY CHARGER 16 BL | | 959-16 BLK/GRY >| E J 4020-16 RED гнет 7 90 © ©4026 RED+— Г нео Ф) \ | F 7 ) PORT MAIN EX 400-1 o = e) ‘ BATTERY SOLENOID KN 1038 g [der | 10 RED/VIO S | 16 WHT/BLU BLOWER E p< I I 7 458 — E 10 RED/VIO >| U > 16 WHT/RED CONTROLLER ГЕ Te | | DM 18) Y ENGINE HARNESS | 8 es 16 RED E , » ef 14 RED/VIO | y REF Об 09-604 | 16 RED/VIO 22 Jo] $ | Sie wor HE Jel: | is RED/VIO | X В Ly YEE 2 | | м мор | IS Low REITER reo e | | | TT re 16 WHT/BLU 7 FO | lu Creme / Tot | | I WHT/RED{— de nal AON role | 8 17 23 16 RED == ad camer mes вене [ | 16 RED/VIO — \° lo = y e) © | | | | GENERATOR JUMPERS | WIRING FOR CUMMING 4ВОС-Е & БСТА В.ЗМ | | MAIN SOLENOID 16 WHT/BLU | PIGTAIL INCLUDED WITH ENGINE HARNESS PLANT TO INSTALL | 7 4 6 _ 5 16 WHT /RED {— Hd REF 09-504 FOR ENGINE HARNESS 100 ! a 77 23 16 RED \ 7 16 RED/VIO 14 BLK — 8 GRN VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 401U-18 ак А x e BLK PANEL GRAND STUD LABEL PORT MAIN BATTERY QU BL 72) A 37 16 BLK PART OF BILGE HARNESS BREAKER PANEL - 213-14 BLK >| C > 14 BLK TERMINATE TO MAIN DC ENCLOSURE VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, 408-14 BLK 1>| D [> 14 BLK NEGATIVE BUS REF DWG 09-950 GROUND LABEL STBD MAIN BATTERY 140-14 BLK >] E + 14 BLK STUD SOLENOID. VENDOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL, LABEL GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID. 2/0 GRN 114 6 RED 2/0 RED Ye бе 113 6 RED TO GENERATOR A 156 O ях CHARGER BREAKER 2/0 RED 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 1 MAIN DC PORT STBD = NEGATIVE BUS ENGINE ENGINE 2/0 BL NOTE: PORT 2/0 GRN T ALTERNATOR BATTERIES GENERATOR I) WIRE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40" IN LENGTH AND MUST BE - CONTAINED IN A SHEATH FOR IT'S ENTIRE LENGTH. 2) PLANT TO SUPPLY WIRE AND BREAKER. GENERATOR Г v BATTERY = STARTER 4/0 BLK REFERENCE ENGINE OWNER'S MANUALS NOTE: | $ | MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS FOR COMPLETE ENGINE WIRING DETAIL. ALL BATTERY JUMPERS ARE 4/0 CABLE 4/0 BLK L 4/0 BLY 4/0 BLK Drawing No. 09-601 (4 Of 5 —— 700-8 GRN TO AC MDP ——— 701-8 GRN TO DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 707-4 GRN TO FWD BONDING BUS 6.28 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 FiG. 6.29.1) is ( CONTROL STA M 72 M 70 M 150 Mug ar Lo > M 152 COMPONENT BOARD MZ REF SH1 M18 R-X UNUSED REF SH 2 REF SH 2 REF SH1 REF SH1 REF SH | 123456 1234 ABCDEFGHJKLMNOPQ ABCDE RSTUVWXYZ 1234 1234 1234 1234 REF SH 2 YY YY YY] Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YC AT NYYYYYYYY} YY YY] YYYYI YY YY] YY YY Va o D N № №№ NN 01 0101 01 01 NNO Www Dl un = 38 ТИР Mei PAT TON 5508 SNS 258 à = 215LN-10 RED/VIO {ФА 5 Ta OB ab? 55995 OFORE 555 NNSN 555 565 ca 215-10 RED/VIOL<)B a > Izan aluué< a="mo ASE A MAR Suu So Zoo m mi ZIBLN-10 RED/VIO +<|C = Im эт опоре ана ЕО, MIX Orczdg Hog 27D mg Car = g Z ae Noor {I xMIZMRR оз > ZZ ox сё g = 218-10 RED/VIO D ox DS 252817571819 2 2 222 515 3,2 S 2 3 ELIZ BAN/MET lle DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL cala O= 5 E a 5606 E 0 810 В 5 A372 BLK LIE REF DWS 09-602 MEA 51 55516 WHT/BLU | | 7 G B [> 556-16 WHT/RED H MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL C [>t 557-18 RED SPLICE PONT A AUTOFILOT J-5 UNUSED PUMP REF SH 364 D |> 55816 RED/VIO E > 57-10 BLK—_ TRIM TAB = © PUMP MIT > 543-16 VALE 2 |>t 544-16 WHT/RED 3 [>t 545-16 RED ATER PLP M 20 4 |>; 546-16 RED/VIO 543-16 WHT/BLU +<|1 5 > 547-18 WHT/BLU 544-18 WHT/RED <|2 6 > 548-16 WHT/RED 5458-16 RED +<|3 NAN DC BREAKER PANEL 7 Sl 549-16 RED 546-168 RED/VIO 1<|4 8 |> 550-16 RED/VIO 547-16 WHT/BLU <|5 9 401-16 BL 548-16 /RED <|6 10 = 4028 RED 54 5-16 RED 1 7 11 [> 400-16 WHT 1<|8 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 2 > 551-18 WTA 550-16 RED/VIO +<|9 REF DVG 09-607 3 [> 552-16 WHT/RED +<l10 14 > 55316 RED 551-16 WHT/BLU 15 Ц 15 |> 554-16 RED/VIO KR 16 > 4000-16 WHT 552-16 WHT/RED i$ 5 17 A2U-16 RED 1] 1 18 2 401U-16 ВСК — y HATCH FT MITCH 553-16 RED 18 5 19 210-18 BLK LB I | 2D |> 20918 YHT = 554-16 RED/VIO <| 7 21 [> 202.18 RED 546-10 NT B +<|18 23-3] UNUSED 22 [>} 920-18 RED/VIO 545-10 BLU «19 = HATCH LIFT #1 HATCH LIFT #2 MAR [> S [> 215LN-10 RED/VIO T [> 214-14 RED/VIO MAN DC BREAKER PANEL; ICT 5160 N-10 RED/VID V > W > X > Y > Z я #2 BILGE LIGHTS 44 We — 6027-14 BLU F13 MI A [>t 204-16 GRN/WHT 205-16 BLK— _— 6026-14 BIC 6028-14 BLK | 14 EAN A MAN DC BREAKER PANEL В < [mese = = 6029-14 BLU 6031-14 BLU SEACOD SW 14 A K/YEL 158 M 21 UNUSED FOR GAS ENGINES 7 REF SH 4 D [> 950-8 RED/WHT BOTTLE + 003044 OK—— 00324 GA NETHERTON 14 BLK D(C [>t 52514 вк, 7900-18 WHT 1<] | ; = 101-16 BLACK <<) 2 Е [> 95516 BLK/GRY 407 a i Г -6 ВЕО +<| 3 5041-14 BL 526-16 BLK/YEL 1<| 4 т 524-14 ORN Е 5 585-16 RED 1<| 6 M2 A [>] 404-12 YEL PORT BLONER SS — 40512 ELK MASTERMEAD TE ES E80-16 GAN 1) 7 B [> 406-2 YEL STBD BLOWER c, 407-12 BLK + FWD EMERGENCY VACULM 520-14 RED/VIO <| B 6 ST 5606-10 ТЕГ CABIN STEREO + PUMP GENERATOR | cul | ru MA 5687-16 BLK/YEL 4<| 9 Ds FEF DWG Do-602 02-16 BAN | ее 5588-16 WHT 1<| 10 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL Е В 300-4 BRN VEL Го © 7 EDT 580-18 RED | 1 REF DNG 09-602 - ! SAN 5984-16 GRN | 12 MAIN DC BREARER PANEL E, [0] 3032 BRN/FED HEE LES Lan Ss 522.4 FED 1<] 15 REF SH 384 4 Sl 3080 BaN/ve. | —BLK/YEL 124 582-16 BLK/YEL +<| 14 J [> 31-10 BRN/RED WHT 15 5923-16 WHT 42 15 K [5] 313-2 BRN/RED | HE BL 6 >— 521-M BLK + 527-16 GRN 4<] 16 LS = 528-16 WHT 1<| 17 MS 529-16 YEL +<| 18 N [>t 322-14 BRN/ORN GUEST HEAD” — — — — — — — — — — A 530-16 BLK1<|19 Р [>1 32614 RED/VIO nee VACUUN | | SEITE R > 53812 OAN Q— 53912 BLK GENERATOR FIS МБ ! 5 SS ] SUMP та vio 535-16 YEL 1< и 3I10A-16 BRN PUMP = | | "= L 536-16 BLU y 2 2324-18 BRN— 537-16 BLK . AC DISTRIBUTION PANEL. 8008-14 BLK A EMERGENCY Pa 4 BLK | ‘ DIT 25-31 UNUSED REF 09-630 8004-14 RED ———— | FT BILGE PUMP 310-16 BRN a 4 г ET > = | 5 M 23 M51 1 |>+ 900-16 GRN———— mb — ——— РМО 315-16 BRN 209-10 BL - BLK 1>|8[>+———— 52314 BLK 321 2 [> 90316 TAN/BLU————— BILGE Ll бо — 4 = F 23 3 [>t 904-16 WHT/BLU ———— PUMP 07-16 eo BLK - 4 [> 90516 GEN ——— 5 9 | ENGINE HARNESS 5 [>} 908-16 TAN/BLU 3D4-12 BLK = REF DWG 09-8D4 8 (Sl 9D9-6 WHT/BLU + FRESH 7 |> 910-16 WHT—— лев To FULL WATER g > 91-16 NET —— \ are TANK D > \ HOLDING TANK 26 12 > POWER M ELEC POWER STEERING PIMP — STEERING 950-16 RED/WHT 1<| 1 MAIN OC BRKR PANEL 18-6-RED PUP € 959-16 BLK/GRY 1<| 2 GENERATOR HARNESS TERMINAL STUD — 1 953-16 BLK/WHT 3 REF DÿG 09-623/09-B24 REF SH344 MS > = 952-16 WHT/RED {<| 4 2 3 > 909-16 WHT /BLU MANIC 4 |>+ 908-186 TAN/BLU 5 [> 910-16 WHT —— —H 6 > 7 >t 30-16 BRN 8 [>} 310-16 BRN 9 [>| 307-16 BRN 10 [> 315-16 BRN ll [>} 900-16 GRN 12 |> 13 > 14 {> 904-16 WHT/BLU ——+— 15 [> 90316 TAN/BLU 16 > 17 > 18 [> SYSTEMS MONITOR 19 [> 324-16 BRN = REF DWG 09-6806 20 >» < 21 >! 91-16 HT —— = ZZ [>1 905-16 GRN N 23 > 24 > 25 > 26 [>} 217-16 VIO 27 > 20 > CRN 29 = 3268-14 RED/VIO 701-6 GRN 1 30 [> 331-16 RED/VIO 203 20) [7026 GN — 31 > 95316 BLK/NHT JEN Le = = 32 > SPLICE STBD FUEL] PORT FUEL MAIN DC = а LOCATION TANK TANK NEGATIVE BUS = [TANK | 35 > PROVIDE 36 [> 220-16 VIO © 37 [>} 952-16 WHT/RED 36 > 39 [>} 332-16 BLK 40 [> 325-16 BLK—— NOTE: ALL GROUNDS GO TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERYISE. «a J 420 Sundancer (455 Sundance?) 6.29 06’9 A N © N с > Oo Q > O D = $ O N < 3 M 2 © D 2 (2 10 |) 209-60 ‘ом Buime1q "DETAIL A | MATERIAL: TEXT: VOL TMETER (=) (+) 16 BLK CABIN BC NEGATIVE BUS BATTERY VOLTAGE TEST RS STBD PORT AMMETER i) 10 RED REFR FREEZER WATER LEVEL FULL CABIN MAIN TERMINAL STUD 101-8 RED/VIO WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL 8 7 3/4 1/2 1/4 EMPTY —— 400-16 WHT + 401-16 BLK A 402-16 RED + 526-16 BLK/YEL 7 524-14 ORN - 585-16 RED + 589-16 GRN 7 520-14 RED/VIO - BILGE BLOWERS 587-16 BLK/YEL + 588-16 WHT + 530-16 RED + 584-16 GRN 4 7 + 522-14 RED/VIO - GENERATOR ALL JUMPERS 14 AWG 2582-16 BLK/YEL - 583-16 WHT + 527-16 СЕМ - 528-16 WHT + 5289-16 YEL - 530-16 BLK - 533-16 ORN - 534-16 СЕМ - 535-16 YEL - 2536-16 BLU - 537-16 ВСК - ONAN NAN NNN ANNAN AN NNN NNN NNN NN 957-16 RED/WHT - 951-16 WHT /RED + 954-16 BLK/GRY - 956-16 BLK - 55-16 YEL/RED - —10 RED —— 10 RED GUEST HEAD Y 10 MASTER HEAD = 10 DISCHARGE PUMP 10> 14 YEL- POWER VENTS Do YEL STEREO IGERATOR / OPT, COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR 12V RECEPTACLE FWD LIGHTING AFT LIGHTING BIL GE/COCKPIT FRESH WATER PUMP SATELLITE TV SYSTEM ACCESSORY ACCESSORY 10 НЕО — — — 1 al 3) SI a N. N o 1 7) I N 5) I N 5) I N > ; | I ©) x T 1 3) x f I ©) x f a 952-16 WHT/RED + ce —— — 410-14 YEL - 412-14 BLK - 585-16 RED + 586-16 BLK 605-14 BLU + 606-14 BLK 589-16 GRN 588-16 WHT + 592-16 RED/VIO 7 593-16 BLK + 590-16 RED/VIO 7 591-16 BLK A 562-16 RED/VIO - 563-16 BLK - 594-16 RED/VIO - 595-16 BLK - 600-14 BLU - 601-14 BLK - CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS 630-14 BLU - 631-14 ВСК - 597-12 BLK + 596-12 RED + 415-14 YEL - 416-14 BLK + 580-14 RED 4 58-14 ВСК - 583-14 WHT - 5834-14 GRN - = | == [4 © a Oo ==>] Le] = тов и fo Mom LTS 5 Ae yin +— 1350 + 450 FUSEBLOCK LABELS FM 1.800 — — —> DETAIL КИ | 5010-14 RED/VIO 7 5011-14 BLK + 5012-10 RED/VIO - 5013-10 BLK - 650-14 BLU + 651-14 BLK 665-14 BLU - 666-14 BLK - 667-10 BLU - НБ] =_= № | == [0] 668-10 BLK +7 | М М ММ М М М М И М М | ФМ М М МММ) АМ М МИХ М М | NN NN | Z2I5LN-12 RED/VIO 215-12 RED/VIO + 218LN-12 RED/VIO - STBD IGNITION Ps 218-12 RED/VIO + —— 16 RED -— 531-12 BRN/WHT + PORT IGNITION | — 3 GLEST ST. RM 4 CREW QUTRS. 5 AFT STATE RM. 7 GUEST ST. RM 8 FWD. ST.RM BD. STI CO MONITORS | AMP 2 TV AMP 3 AMP 1 SALON 2 MASTER ST. RM. 6 GUEST ST, RM. PORT 10 MOP LTS 5 AMP | 3 5 3,000 140 |4— „250 k—— 6275 | 2 4 6 8 10 7 9 X faz = BACKGROUND: BLACK 010 POLYCARBONATE 125" WHITE REVERSE SILKSCREEN 532-12 BLK + 101-2 RED/VIO NV YY MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS 502-8 RED/VIO O url O fi Ql > PORT 503-8 BLK 4, 5 6 543-16 WHT/BLU + 00 ди ЖЖ 544-16 WHT/RED + 545-16 RED - 546-16 RED/VIO - 547-16 WHT/BLU + 548-16 WHT/RED + 549-16 RED - 550-16 RED/VIO - 16 551-16 WHT/BLU + = X ОО ди NN RK w JC 552-16 WHT/RED + 55316 RED CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS 554-16 RED/VIO - DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL REF DWG 09-965 NN NNN NNN NN NN NN NN GENERATOR ALL JUMPERS 14 AWG BLK +> YEL/RED +> 954-16 BLK/YEL+> 951-16 YHT/RED +> ORN +> RED/WHT +> WHT /RED +> UNUSED +> UNUSED +> FROM BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 N BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 ODONOURWNT 3 25-31 UNUSED GENERATOR HARNESS A B с KOHLER GAS D REF DWG 09-623 E F G-J UNUSED PORT CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 Tr xc T®mMmmoowm > N-X UNUSED F 38 PORT CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 M-X UNUSED F 40 STBD CABIN HARNESS REF SHEET 2 O D UDZEE=RCIPZHIAIMOONO”>? соог лс т О по > F 41 BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 mm OO oom > G-S UNUSED PORT CABIN HARNESS REF DWG 09-611 F 20 BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-60! oo © ONO J NWN = F 25 | | | | ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR HARNESS REF DWG 09-624 | | | | | | | (Г'05`9 OL) ОМУРЛННОХ ОМГИД\ ЭД МУ) WALSAS TVORLLOATH + 9 NOLLDAS SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fic. 6.31.1) CABIN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC = w ~ DC DISTRBUTION PANEL REF SHEET | EZExCIP AIMUOM> N-X UNUSED = w 0 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL REF SHEET | M-X UNUSED OO XC Io mo > = 00 PORT COCKIT HARNESS CITT]. DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL REF SHEET | — Thom ee —> £ Tri Drawing No. 09-602 (2 Of 2) > YY Y YI YY YY YY YY YY YE mm YY YY YY YY YY YY YE mmm - TT F YY YY [o a VENT - 410-14 YEL - 412-14 BLK - 585-16 RED D SWITCH 75 A MASTER HEAD VENT 411-14 YEL al rm 613-16 BLU 614-16 BLK MASTER HEAD LIGHT SWITCH - 586-16 BLK - 605-14 BLU - 606-14 BLY M 42 F 42 608-16 BLK MASTER HEAD INDICATOR MASTER STRM HANGING LOCKER LIGHT HEAD LIGHTS 607-16 BLU-—+— 6089-16 BLU 611-16 BLU Hanis BLK 612-16 BLK — 8 - 589-16 GRN - 588-16 WHT - 9592-16 RED/VIO - 593-16 BLK - 590-16 RED/VIO - 581-16 BLK MASTER STRM DO NOT, FLUSH Xt >= OK TO FLUSH CO MONITOR SALON CO MONITOR - 562-16 RED/VIO - 563-16 BLK V ANTENNA T | AMPLIFIER - 594-16 RED/VIO - 595-16 BLK - 600-14 BLU CABIN ENTRY GUEST STRM SWITCHES CO MONITOR — 602-12 BLU — 603-12 BLU - 601-14 BLK AUN- - 630-14 BLU PORT CABIN HARNESS REF DWG 09-820 1 7 >— 632-16 BLU - 631-14 BLK 632-16 BLU SALON INDIRECT LIGHT 633-16 BLK 633-16 BLK - 597-12 BLY — 8604-14 BLU - 596-12 RED - 602-12 BLU OPT. COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR - 603-12 BLU - 601-14 BLK - 416-14 BL L A15- A7 SWITCH 415-14 YEL wt GALLEY VENT 417-14 YEL al M 46 VENT F 46 GUEST HEAD INDICATOR GUEST STRM LOCKER LIGHT — 655-1686 BLK GUEST STATEROOM SWITCHES - 580-14 RED | - 58H4 BLK——— | - 583-14 WHT - 584-14 GRN - 5010-14 RED/VIO X DO NOT, FLUSH OK TO FLUSH — 852-16 BLU GUEST STATEROOM CEILING LIGHT 605-14 BLK SALON CIELING HARNESS REF DWG 09-844 SALON CEILING LIGHTS & #1 #2 #3 634-16 BLU 636-16 BLU 635-16 BLK 637-16 BLK SALON DUAL VOLTAGE LIGHTS +— 640-16 BLU — 641-16 BLK GALLEY CEILING LIGHTS #1 #2 #3 #4 629-16 BLU 630-16 BLK 627-16 BLU 628-16 BLK 625-16 BLU 626-16 BLK — 656-16 BLU —— 657-16 BLK GUEST STATEROOM TASK LIGHTS PORT — 660-16 BLU 655-16 BLK +— 658-16 BLU STBD CABIN HARNESS REF DWG 09-826 GUEST HEAD LIGHT STBD — 66116 BLK Xt 653-16 BLK— ! 2 | 3 4 5011-14 BLK GALLEY 12у RECEPTACLE - 5012-10 RED/VIO - 5013-10 BLK GALLEY REFRIG/FREEZER - 650-14 BLU - 651-14 BLK - 665-14 BLU - 666-14 BLK - 667-10 BLU - 668-10 BLK GALLEY SWITCH 665-14 BLU —— e23-14 BLU 666-14 BLK ———— 624-14 BLK | — 681-168 BLU MASTER STRM HANGING LOCKER LT 690-16 BLK — 683-16 BLU MASTER STATEROOM CEILING LIGHTS y 7 ) ) 14 BLU 16 BLU — 682-16 pal -14 ax — 16 BLK MASTER STATEROOM TASK LIGHTS PORT MASTER STATEROOM STED INDIRECT LIGHT — 684-16 BLK 686-16 BLK — 688-16 BLK — 687-16 BLU *— 685-16 BLU MASTER STATEROOM SWITCHES MASTER SHOWER LIGHT 692-16 ВСК > 691-16 BLU — 6935-14 BLU CABIN ENTRY SWITCHES — 694-14 BLU > 695-16 BLU 0906 BLK SPLICE TO 631 AT CABIN ENTRY SWITCHES GUEST STATEROOM STEP LIGHT 697-16 BLU 698-16 ВСК CABIN ENTRY STEP LIGHTS 687-16 BLU DISTRIBUTION PANEL LIGHT 6000-16 BLU Ls 6001-16 BLK 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.31 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAIN NEGATIVES, GROUNDING, AND BONDING SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.32.1) 4 GRN WINDLASS > LR PORT FUEL TANK —— 6 GRN 6 GRAN. - -- STBD FUEL TANK PANEL AC GROUNDING BUS MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL MAIN DC BREAKER FACE 8 EAN AT MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL S GAN 2/0 GRN ENCLOSURE SS GRN — PANEL FACE PANEL DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL [8 GRN FACE © ON | САВМ ОС NEGATIVE BUS | 2 BLK — 2 BLK ELECTRONICS NEGATIVE — —— 2 BLK CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUS 5 2 В| к — Say DORT MAIN DC 7 A ® STBD VO o ® 4/0 BLK | Q С | © BATTERY E _ SD DIESEL 2/0BLK TT 4 GEN GENERATOR “ — 4/0 BLK BATTERY À — 4/0 BLK 4/0 Bl K PORT STBD A ENGINE ENGINE GAS Z BLK DIESEL 2/0 BLK 1 CU 707 1 | GAS 4 GRN a a a a | / DIESEL 2 GRN | BONDING BUS | STARTER [| STARTER STARTER — GENERATOR DAS 1-8.15 MERCRUISER DIESEL T-6CTA 8.3M CUMMING / T-4580C-E CUMMINS Drawing No. 09-603 6.32 420 Sundancer (455 Sundance?) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.33.1) PORT ENGINE SMARTCRAFT PORT ENGINE PLUG SP STBD ENGINE FLUG 35 STBD ENGINE SMARTCRAFT NOTES: FUEL CONNECTOR A B С ON OU AN ON o CON OONON EH NAAA 10 FUEL CONNECTOR A B С AN A AMAIA 1) MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STED WITH GREEN TAPE 6" BACK FROM CONNECTOR. 2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUGED. 3) PLANT TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ENGINE ALARMS, 4) REF. DWG 09-508 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION. — UNUSED — 16 PINK/RED — UNUSED PORT FUEL TANK SENDER — UNUSED — 16 GRAY — UNUSED SPLICE G — 16 TAN/BLU — 14 VIOLET 14 VIO — — UNUSED D | 14 YELLOW/RED — — 14 YELLOW/RED — UNUSED — UNUSED — UNUSED — 16 GRAY SPLICE N 14 VIO — 14 YELLOW/RED — LL AAAAAAAA] DONOUSWNH SPLICE LÉ — UNUSED \ — 16 TAN/BLU I — 14 VIOLET Nw — UNUSED — 14 YELLOW/RED — UNUSED — UNUSED UNUSED STBD FUEL 16 PINK/GRN UNUSED TANK SENDER 1 > © M 52 F 52 lo GRAY TO ENGINE 160 GRAY 14 VIOLET SYNCHRONIZER BLACK GREY TAN TAN/BLUE VIOLET MOLDED PVC ENGINE PLUG Drawing No. 09-604 (1 of 3) REVISION 1 7 ENGINE ALARMS SEE NOTE 3 #9 TYP PORT — 101110 ELEC FUEL VALVE SPLICE A PORT MW A 1006-16 GRAY B 1007-16 BLACK 1008-16 GRAY A 1009-16 BLACK B SPLICE B STEDIW A Е 1000-16 GRAY mM y С O 1002-16 GRAY 1 = B 1001-16 BLACK [003-16 BLACK B SPLICE D 1005-00 STBD ELEC FUEL — 1004-00 SHUTOFF #5 TYP VALVE CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL F 30 REF DWG 09-601 PORT (F] S 18D (F) 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.33 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATIC (F1G6. 6.34.1) NOTES: 1 MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STBD WITH GREEN TAPE B" BACK FROM CONNECTOR. 2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUGED. 3) REF DWG 09-809 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION, SAFETY SWITCH ar — SPLICE B PORT ALT IND 1<- UNUSED SPLICE À ENGINE +12 VDC 2<— UNUSED AUX MAG SW 3<— 14 YEL/RED WATER TEMP SW 46-16 TAN/BLU 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL -12 VDE S<+ 14 ВСК 16 LT. BLU 1 PORT GAUGES OIL PRESS SW E 18 BLU/WHT N 16 ТАМ 2 М 35 GEAR OIL PRESS 7<—— 16 WHT x 16 GRY 3 REF DWG 09-501 +12 VDC SWITCHED 83<+- 14 VIO N 14 VIO 4 WATER TEMP 9<-— 14 TAN 5 WAIT TO START WATER TEMP SW) 1O|<- UNUSED — 4 YEL/RED 6 OIL PRESS 11&+ 14 LT BLU 14 BLK 7 MAG PICKUP 12<- 18 GRY = EXHAUST TEMP SENDER — 16 GAN FWD SHIFT SOLENOID — 16 GRN/WHT REVERSE SHIFT SOLENOID — 16 BLU/WHT СНЕ Т SOLENOIDS GROUND — 16 BLK 35 ENGINE ALT IND 1< UNUSED SPLICE C SPLICE D +12 VDC 2<— UNUSED a AUX MAG SW 3<+ 14 YEL/RED " WATER TEMP SW 4-<-16 TAN/BLU \ INSTRUMENT PANEL -12 VDE 5<+ 14 BLK \ 16 LT. BLU STED GAUGES OIL PRESS SW 6<+-16 BLU/WHT N 16 TAN > M3 GEAR OIL PRESS 7<+-16 WHT = 16 GRY 3 REF DWG 09-801 +1? VDC SWITCHED 8<& 14 VIO 6 14 VIO 4 WATER TEM? 9<+- 14 TAN 5 WAIT TO START WATER TEMP SW) 10<+— UNUSED 14 YEL/RED 6 OIL PRESS 1114 LT BLU 14 BLK 7 MAG PICKUP 12<- 16 GRY 3 EXHAUST TEM” — SENDER 16 GAN FWD SHIFT SOLENOID — 16 GRN/WHT REVERSE SHIFT SOLENOID — 16 BLU/WHT SHIFT SOLENOIDS GROUND — 16 BLK UU Lui Lui lui ll 399592 а PORT NEUTRAL === 1 > LL 10 TIL 2 SAFETY SWITCH | EAA 12345 78391010112 АЛЛА F 7 BILGE HARNESS TZ 3 PORT REVERSE F 51 2 POS) NANNY M7 4 SHIFT SWITCH REF DWG 09-601 5 PORT FWD Quy 6 SHIFT SWITCH Ч = 9 - Dor ES 7 > STBD NEUTRAL О WmWm m < ch << < 1 < _ ~ - 9 y STBD REVERSE EXTINGUISHER MODULE 10 SHIFT SWITCH REF DWG 09-501 | a STBD FWD <l21< SHIFT SWITCH M53 F 53 Drawing No. 09-604 (2 of 3) REVISIÓN 1 \ J 6.34 420 Sundancer (455 Sundance?) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.35.1) TWISTED PAIR 24 WHT/BLU A | DATA 24 BLU/WHT B SHIELD C Drawing No. 09-604 (3 OF 3) CUMMINS 480C-E PORT 14 RED/VIO —<[L | POWER SMARTCRAFT DCM 14 BLK (Se REF DWG 09-702 NOTES: UNUSED A TANKAGE I) MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STBD WITH GREEN TAPE 16 “GEER 2 6" BACK FROM CONNECTOR, — | 2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUGED. 3) DATA CABLE SHIELD IS TERMINATED AT ENGINE ONLY. 4) REF DWG 09-810 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION. SPLICE E M7 F7 10 RED/VIO TERE SPLICE C SPLICE A PORT EXTENSION HARNESS 14 VIO KT MAN DE + REF CUMMINS ENGINE MANUAL 10 RED/VIO 18 SOARES PANEL _ 14 RED/VIO +<W - 1|<+ 14 VIO 14 RED/VIO El <PLICE Y 14 BED vIO EN REF DWG 09-601 2|<+ 14 YEL/RED— > ———— 14 RED/VIO <2 14 VIO —<|Y CONTROL STATION 21ST, | 14 YELZRED TS 14 VIO |Z SWITCH PANEL 514 YEL/RED SPLICED 14 ВСК 5 SPLICE J TL 24 WHT /BLU —5]A CUMMING PORT ENGIN REF DWG 09-601 6 N—— ——M BLK-<6 — 24 BLU/WHT —SB DATA CONNECTOR / 16 BLU Ч To Щ SHIELD IC REF CUMMINS MANUAL 14 RED/VIO —<|9 DR 12 RED/VIO ISA CUMMINS PORT ENGINE 16 BLU JO ~~ le REDAVIO TR POWER CONNECTOR <I> 12 BLK JD REF CUMMINS MANUAL 16 WHITE LEI PORT TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP SENDER PORT ENGINE EXHAUST TEMP SENDER 16 GRN/WHT ENGINE SHIFT 16 BLU/WHT ENN FSI 16 GRN 5 BILGE HARNESS 5 REF DWG 09-601 SPLICE F 5 GAN 2 6 SPLICE | 16 WHITE —>|7 SPLICE 6 16 WHITE —>|8 SPLICE E SPLICE H PNR PAIR —7 STBD EXTENSION HARNESS а Мин ЗА | АТА REF CUMMING ENGINE MANUAL SHIELD IC STBD в 14 REDAVIO SL | POWER SMARTCRAFT DCM Y RED/VIO + 14 BLK 4<)2 | H— 7 UNUSED JA 14 VIO <4 16 PNK/GRN —>[B | TANKAGE 14 BLK <P UNUSED —>|C 4 80 I< SPLICE M — 14 RES VIC TIS SPLICE L > 24 WHT/BLU STA CUMMING STBD ENGINE is ELU AIO 24 BLU/WHT +B DATA CONNECTOR _ {Il SHIELD IC REF CUMMINS MANUAL PORT NEUTRAL Iz — SAFETY SWITCH 2 12 RED/VIO 2A CUMMINS STBD ENGINE le REDAIO 2B POWER CONNECTOR PORT REVERSE 3 15 BLK 5/6 REF CUMMING MANUAL SHIFT SWITCH 4 — 16 WHITE —>]1 STBD TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP SENDER PORT e a 5 STBD ENGINE EXHAUST TEMP SENDER SHIFT SWITCH 16 GRN/WHT ENGINE SHIFT 16 BLU/WHT co Eno STBD NEUTRAL 7 | SAFETY SWITCH В 14 10 14 10 14 14 PORT FUEL STBD FUEL BLKBLKBLKBLKBLKBLK STBD REVERSE 9 TANK SENDER TANK SENDER SHIFT SWITCH lo LUN += E Ek EFE = MAIN DC STBD FWD al I NEGATIVE BUS SHIFT SWITCH 2 F 53 M 53 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.35 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SYSTEMS MONITOR WIRING DIAGRAM (FIG. 6.36.1) Drawing No. 09-606 SYSTEMS MONITOR INDICATOR PANEL TWO LINE LCD DISPLAY SYSTEMS MONITOR 7 330 RGo/U COAX O La A a AUDIBLE ALARM MZ ALARM SELECT iu” Gs EXTERNAL ALARM N > BLU as О — > © VS BACK LIGHT | i REF 09-601 © © А SHEET | M AA E 0 Ÿ 1 OPTIONAL Je Y Y 10-ORN O LA „о !6-BLK F/2 M/2 SYSTEMS MONITOR INTERFACE MODULE BILGE HEAT DETECTOR PORT ENG DIAGNOSTIC (+) PORT OIL PSI PORT WATER TEMP PORT TRANSMISSION TEMP EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP FWD EMERGENCY PUMP AFT EMERGENCY PUMP > WD BILGE PUMP AFT BILGE PUMP PORT EXHAUST TEMP “ORT FUEL FILTER COND STBD ENG DIAGNOSTIC (-) Э180 ОГ вЫ SIBD WATER TEMP PORT CAT DIAGNOSTIC STBD CAT DIAGNOSTIC PORT SERVICE ENG SOON - WD SUMP AFT SUMP STBD TRANSMISSION TEMP (-) Y STBD EXHAUST TEMP STBD FUEL FILTER COND VV PORT IGN AFT PUMP S1BD SERVICE ENG SOON + 12/24VDC + 12/24VDC GEN OIL vv vy STBD IGN GEN IGN GROUND Ÿ GROUND N Toe О 00 О 0 К 0 OOIDU ом IRN Y Y Y YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YY YYYYYYYy < O1 — 332 16 BLK — —— 3331-16 RED/ VIO D 33-10 RED/VIO 332-160 BLK E 3332-10 BLK REF DWG 09-601 6.36 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STOVE ToP SWITCH SCHEMATIC (F16. 6.37.1) NOTES: STOVE BREAKER REF. DWG 09-630 AC/NEUTRAL BUS I RELAYS SHOWN IN DEENERGIZED POSITION, SWITCH SHOWN WITH STOVE COVER IN PLACE. STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH AC/GROUNDING BUS STOVE BREAKER REF DWG 09-632 и O AC/NEUTRAL BUS AC/GROUNDING BUS Drawing No. 09-607 STOVE 120VAC © EE | | | 7 = о 12 ВСК | © © | 14 BLK | D | | | 12 WHT | | 14 WHT | | | A | E ) | | C | —e I). E | 12 GRN STANDARD I7OVAC/GO0HZ/ О STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH Cr | | | | / T7 | | | o—— 12 BRN € O— [4 BRN 5 | À | IZ LT BLU Г © ) | 4 LT BLU C | _ A ) | J | ı D | I GEN S 1 ANDARD 220VAC/750H7 STOVE 220VAC 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.37 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM a NN WINDLASS SCHEMATIC LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LIL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL LL _ (FIG. 6.38.1) | MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL | | REF DWG 09-601 5 AMP | | FUSES | | WINDLASS FUSE CONTROL STATION | REF 09-801 77— | SWITCH PANEL o | | го — т | | ve BEE pil WINDLASS | O LATCHING | MAIN A 555-16 WHT /BLU | | SOLENOID B | > 556-16 WHT /RED a | WINDLASS C |>} 557-16 RED | CONTROL D | >+ 558-16 RED/VIO o | | | | | | | | | МВ! ‘ra | | | | A|<} 555-16 WHT/BLU / B|<t 556-16 WHT/RED C|<t 557-16 RED | D|<+ 558-16 RED/VIO | | IE | | a В — ——559-2RED ———— О но | ECE aL 22 23774 BLU | WINDL ASS MAIN DC - | J NEGATIVE BUS 19 MIS 706-4 GRN | | + | | MAIN DC | | р ММОСАЗЗ AT | — DECK SWITCHES — | | à с | | | NN 5025 | 6 RED | | 5021 5027 | O RED 6 RED 6 RED | | | | | 5026-6 RED | | 5024-6 RED | | | | 5028 | | < В) 14 BLK | LY — 1 B | | | Lp B3 De | | > CONTROL BOX Drawing No. 09-610 e J 6.38 420 Sundancer (455 Sundance?) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ( в STEREO WIRING DIAGRAM (Fic. 6.39.1) od PF A Ч р / 0h STANDARD RCA CABLE Th 11 O'CLOCK STEREQ VENDOR SUPPLIED ON ANTENNA COAX EXTENSION ; - 4 Tr 10 O'CLOCK — FRONT REA ‚DASS REAR CHANNEL \/ с STANDARD RCA CABLE GAIN AIN 1 INPUT SELECT - AUX INPUT в’ шо cam] + REAR X-OVER FRONT FREQUENGY REAR FRONT X over Mooe FEAR MULIPLER XOVER MODE NES, | | НН Ш O | I =] D> << tN o] | RCA Y” CABLE 10 O'CLOCK LEFT CHANNEL 1&3 STEREO 1 90 RIGHT CHANNEL 284 CENET 19) SPEAKER NI = 416 BLK 15 AMP WIRES UNUSED ÓN 573-16 BLU/WHT INLINE RCA "Y" CABLE FUSE (SES ] 500-10 YEL BL U/RED ‘ BILGE HARNESS 5 AMP LT REF DWG 09-601 / INLINE SIA-16 BLU/WHT FUSE STBD FWD 004 | COCKPIT \ / \ SPEAKER 7 > > и ЭВ A MUTE SWITCHES | В о КАЛАЛАЛЛ мув _9 N 7 CABIN 51-16 5000 1232456738 SIDE IB) BLU/WHT IBACK SIDE AN > 76 COCKPIT o SUBYOOFER © о_ — VENDOR SUPPLIED COCKPIT NS REMOTE EXTENSION SIDE (Al STED AFT —, \ | 7 (FRONT SIDE! RQ COCKPIT — 5028-14 RED/VIO —— SPEAKER NX 7 ab abZzZA-10 RED/ VIO — 7 о SORT AFT 6518-16 BLU/WHT — 5001 — pe Г y (+) SOCK 5038-14 LK — © SPEAKER SOJA-10 BLK — CABIN y N AMPLIFIER > — Y DAY \ APX40D-4 5005 | 12345678 6 5 AA г Eafe] | A 20) PORT FWD 4 y COCKPIT =~ >) SPEAKER J | N 5015 | VW | F 74 2014 12345868738 YY 74 NS A | PORT SALON (+) © STBD SALON LU + 574-16 BLK 7 > 573-16 BLU/WHT COCKPIT AMPLIFIER MASTER STRM N o (+) A MASTER STRM PORT 1 ED SPEAKER 2 © © N SPEAKER S02A-10 RED/VIO 5016 5017 502-8 RED/ VIO REF DING 09-802 SIDE IA) 503A-10 BLK NOTE: (FRONT SIDE) 503-8 BLK REF DWG 09-502 D SEE MANUFACTURERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SHC-15 BLU/WHT INSTALLATION INFORMATION. Drawing No. 09-611 uu / 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.39 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TV & STEREO ANTENNA SCHEMATIC (F1G. 6.40.1) Drawing No. 09-613 SHORE INLET BOAT TV ANTENNA 2061 A GL OME X ANTENNA CONTROL GAIN BARREL CONNECTOR AT SPOILER DISCONNECT OUT E 2090 2061 2084—— 2082 OUT SPLITTER IN OUT OUT GUEST STATEROOM TV 2085 — 5083 NOTES: ) REF DWG 09-611 MASTER STATEROOM TV D M38 A DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 5 REF DWG 09-602 12VDC POWER FEED POWERED STEREO ANTENNA O9 / SALON TV SALON STEREO 1 FOR STEREO ANTENNA POWER WIRING. 2) REF DWG 09-820,09-826,09-834 FOR COAX CABLE CONSTRUCT IONS. 6.40 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fi6. 6.41.1) Drawing No. 09-615 SATELLITE STEREO SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA STANDARD AUXILIARY RCA CABLE INPUT CLARION STEREO MODEL xMD3 SATELLITE CONNECTOR ANTENNA CeNET STEREO REMOTE SIRIUS SATELLITE RECEIVER CeNET CABLE CeNET CABLE CeNET CABLE CD CHANGER 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.41 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Bow THRUSTER SCHEMATIC (Р1с. 6.42.1) JT 2/0 GRN FROM MOTOR NEG. TO CASE GROUND — 2/0 BLK 1 eon VENDOR SUPPLIED | BOW THRUSTER | BATTERIES | BOW | © O 2/0 RED- THRUSTER | мове > BOW | (=) (+) VOTOR и 14 RED 7 THRUSTER | 3|>+ 14 BLK 3 — CONTROL | 4|> 14 WHT 41> 0 ~ 2/0 RED 30 ES 97.5 à, Wy & 270 RED > OS - NOTE 3 NOTE | NOTE 2 5061 5060 10 BLK 10 RED PLANT TO INSTALL [= Ренне ее ен ое еее тот ое тот ое т от ет = тот т тон нот от т т нот = т - - — -о- - |= = = = = = = = = — = = — — = < — — — — — — - — - JUMPERS N | BOW THRUSTER HARNESS a CONTROL STATION | LS | REF DWG 09-854 a SWITCH PANEL | | "e a | REF DWG 09-601 | BOW | ОЙ M1 F1 TEEN / |< 5062-16 WHT/BLU | CHARGER | 72) <— 5063-16 WHT/RED 2 | (24V) | 34 5064-16 RED 3 | qe | 4 <+ 5065-16 RED/ VIO 4 | 5 <1 5066-16 BLK 5 | | <e<t << e < | | | | Da BO4-14/3 | NOTE: MDP 1 REF. DWO 09-650 1) MAIN FEED NOT TO EXCEED 72" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED. TS - 2) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO ANL FUSEHOLDER. FUSE LEAD MUST NOT EXCEED 7" (OR 40" IF ENTIRE LENGTH IS SHEATHED). 3) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO SOLENOID, FUSE LEAD | VUST NOT EXCEED 7" (OR 40" IF ENTIRE LENGTH IS SHEATHED). Drawing No. 09-616 6.42 420 Sundancer (455 Sundancef) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Drawing No. 09-622 INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM (FiG. 6.43.1) INSTRUMENT PANEL ras F26 M35 M36 CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL 8 SWITCH PANEL M30] F 30 TRIM TAB SWITCHES TO ELECTRONICS i EXTINGUISHER DISPLAY / SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCHES/ 149 GUEST HEAD SHIFT SWITCHES INDICATOR WIPER PORT COCKPIT MODULE HARNESS СОВМ MASTER HEAD SATELLITE OPT e REF 09-705 MA) INDICATOR SALON CEILING Fea||F71| Feo 152 150|FI9][F18]|F17|[Fl16 700 74 HARNECE M66][M71| ME9|MISZMLSO|MI9 | [MIB | M17 ||MI6] | M70|M72M53 MIOS||M11Z M74 3 F76)M76 ves 5 77 7 STBD COCKPIT a SPOILER/HARDTOP CONTROL ANS STBD CABI HARNESS HARNESS N HARNESS > F22 PORT CABIN HARNESS M2 MAIN DC SYSTEMS 7272 BREAKER PANEL MONITOR Fa|F7|F6|F4|F2| Fl FIA ve M57] El ra M20 ме) мт Ive ave | MI MIA ———M38/F 38 pc pisTRIBUTION [F 21] [M2] M40]F40 MASTER HEAD VACUUM PUMP Mi, E MSI 35] PORT ENGINE STBD GUEST HEAD ENGINE HARNESS ENGINE he PUMP M23 GENERATOR HP24 COLDING TANK Fea M26| MIS DISCHARGE PUMP 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.43 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fic. 6.44.1) Drawing No. 09-623 GAS GENERATOR SCHEMATIC F 25 8 7 7 ED LL = - ° START/STOP ON += T +> SPDT IMOMIW/IND LAMP DST LS FROM DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL KOHLER GAS GENERATOR SCHEMATIC Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N O1 - 957-16 RED/WHT - 951-16 WHT /RED - 954-16 BLK/YEL - 956-160 BLK > 9959-16 YEL/RED - 952-16 WHT/RED - UNUSED - UNUSED - UNUSED UNUSED — UNUSED — F | 9356-16 BLK + UNUSED — UNUSED — 957-16 RED/WHT — 955-10 YEL/RED — 954-16 BLK/GRY - с O64A-16 BLK — 953-16 BLK/WHT — — S03A-16 RED/VIO = 95116 WHT/RED + UNUSEDH UNUSED FUEL VALVE Ns Ye Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y |- BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 950-168 RED/WHT О CONNECTOR USED FOR | | | | Е DIESEL ONLY | | | | 959-16 BLK/GRY 853-16 BLK/WHT 952-168 WHT/RED LJ — WATER TEMP = OIL PRESSURE — CRANK/START — SHUT DOWN a N — UNUSED — UNUSED — BATTERY NEGATIVE — BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN) — BATTERY NEGATIVE — SWITCH NEG FAULT SHUT DOWN CIRCUIT — BATTERY POSITIVE (TIMED/RUN) - BATTERY POSITIVE (O AMP FUSE] | SYSTEMS MONITOR | REF DWG 09-606 M5 ES | al EN OIL | | | | | | 37 GEN IGN, \ KOHLER GAS GENERATOR REFERENCE GENERATOR OWNER'S MANAUL FOR COMPLETE GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL, 6.44 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.45.1) 3 6 3 START/STOP ON ZA w, LAMPS DPST FROM DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 7 7 7 WATER TEMP OIL PRESSURE VOLTS < N Е 6! р у у В Drawing No. 09-624 REMOTE INSTRUMENT PANEL Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y O1 - 956-160 BLK F 26 950-160 RED/WHT ] 959-16 BLK/GRY 952-16 WHT/RED а 953-16 BLK/WHT 3 4 | | | | | | VALE M4 ] - 95-16 YEL/RED - 954-160 BLK/YEL - 951-168 WHT/RED - 9958-16 ORN - 9957-16 RED/WHT _+— SPLICE POINT B - 952-16 WHT/RED - UNUSED - UNUSED М El ] S60-16 TAN 9601-10 LT. BLU 9622-16 RED/WHT 3 < N < 956A-16 BLK +< | 4 < Кор X UN 963-16 BLK MMM BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 9930-16 RED/WHT 99-16 BLK/GRY 953-16 BLK/WHT 9527-16 WHT/RED EXTINGUISHER MODULE D 16 RED/WHT E 16 BLK/GRY REF DWG 09-601 E | MS ES \ oN — BATTERY NEGATIVE — SHUT DOWN — CRANK/START — BATTERY POSITIVE — STATUS INDICATOR — BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN) — OIL PRESSURE — WATER TEMP = N AAA > BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN) — EMERGENCY STOP - CO DETECTOR SHUT DOWN — SHUT DOWN ALARM RELAY FEED ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR — SHUT DOWN ALARM RELAY OUT PUT N/O — SHUT DOWN ALARM RELAY OUT PUT N/C —— —— — — + SYSTEMS MONITOR REF DWG 09-606 EN OIL CEN IGN, REFERENCE GENERATOR OWNERS MANAUL FOR COMPLETE GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.45 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (F1G. 6.46.1) Drawing No. 09-630 REVISION 2 120V/30A 120/30A LINE | LINE 2 SHORE POWER INLET SHORE POWER INLET L_ | _ | — I LINE SIDE JUMPERS TO BE 6 AWG, EN LOAD SIDE JUMPERS TO BE 8 AWG. In 2) REF DWG 09-960 FOR PANEL CONSTRUCTION: 573 ЗБ 35 BOAT CABLE ZAC VANE ISOLATORS BLK | ; — GREEN —] MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL В GREEN ME Bk —— i rl WHITE Fr | | PONER # O POWER | | | PLANT TO | REVERSED I x x Г , | REVERSED | PROVIDE POLARITY Lt a LE 1 |POLARITY | | | | | / / 14 BLK | [ 14 WHT | | | | AMP | LINE | NEO | FUSE | — — — + — — =\+ a | 1 | В | LINE | de LINE 1 VDP GROUNDING | | СЕМ SHORE | GEN SHORE | STUD | à DO à © BREAKER | 50 AMP | he AMP 150 AVP In AW), в САМ 10 GRN ‘ 8 L_ А | | ah — и Ny a = = A | WIRELESS OPT | vos 16 BLACK 16 WHITE — — CD | REF 09-705 6 E — 16 BLAC | 3 4 16 WHIT В ВИ АСК ; J | К VOLTS | ® O © T | S WHITE | | Pe — 3 WHITE 1 | | oa 8 BACK | S00A-14 RED 8008-14 ВСК | 14/3 GALLEY SYSTEMS Loos | | 0 STBD SYSTEMS 14/3 | REF 09-601 | | SH 5 | | | | 114/73 REFRIGERATOR/ o | 0 > PORT SYSTEMS 14/3 | AC GROUNDING | FREEZER | 305 | | 12/73 MICROWAVE = o> | | 15 Ÿ WATER HEATER 14/3 | | 8 GRN TO | | MAIN DC | 10/3 BATTERY CHARGER 12V £ 15 > | | LD STOVE 14/3 | NEGATIVE BUS | | | | | AIR CONDITIONER UN — — | STN РМО АВ | 14/3 — LINE | LINE 2 XX XXX PUMP /RELAY 10 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL CONDITIONER 273 SALON AIR 7 >» BUS BUS | 7. MÁSTER STRM [2/3 | CONDITIONER 30 I5 AIR CONDITIONER BOW THRUSTER | и | | 7 > COCKPIT AIR | | Муз PATTERY CHARGER ХЕ 30 CONDITIONER 10/3 | | | | | XXX WASHER/DRYER A | | LN ACCESSORY XXX | | | | | 6.46 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (220V-50HZ) (FIG. 6.47.1) Drawing No. 09-632 REVISIÓN 1 220V/16A 220V/I16A LINE | LINE 2 SHORE POWER INLET SHORE POWER INLET ГО VV y VV y GENERATOR — + — — + — NOTE: | | | 10/3 25 25 1) LINE SIDE JUMPERS TO BE 6 AWG, BOAT CABLE GALVANIC LOAD SIDE JUMPERS TO BE 8 AWG. OLA TORS 2) REF DNG 09-982 FOR PANEL CONSTRUCTION. SAN — GREEN — BRN GREEN LT. BLU MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL o GREEN Ц RU EN LL LL | pu 7 me ГО | / POWER: OX | POWER | | | REVERSED T4 | ox 1 REVERSED | POLARITY _ 0 | LU | POLARITY | | | | | | | | СЛЕ | / LINE 2 | 7 mx Y IE NA | CNE | | LINE MDP GROUNDING MAIN CEN SHORE | GEN SHORE | STUD | BREAKER | 35 AMP 20 AMP 135 AVP 20 AM/ в CAN IO GR | | LOAD IL N LOAD | | | CN | | | |_—— 16 BROWN | ) — 16 LT, BLU— ah | | | | VOL 15 16 LT. BLU | | ——— 16 BROWN— VOLTS | 3 BROWN 3 BONN | T | 8 LT. BLU | AVES 8 LT. BLU 4h MA 5 BROWN DE „8 BROWN AMPS | 14/3 GALLEY SYSTEMS <p > | [1] Ch + 0 > STBD SYSTEMS 14/3 | | | | | | | | 14/3 DEFRICERATOR 434 5 | 10 > PORT SYSTEMS 14/3 AC GROUNDING | FREEZER | SUS | | | | 1473 MICROWAVE < 19 Y4 | | 4/10 > WATER HEATER 14/3 | | | | | 8 GRN TO | | | EN МАМ ОС ; 10/3 BATTERY CHARGER 12V =< 5 4 | | En > STOVE 14/3 | NEG BUS | | | | MA PIMP 5 ENE LNE2 | М хх CONDITIONER O NEUTRAL NEUTRAL - OD SALON AR 7 >) | BUS pus 17. MASTER STRM PA, | CONDITIONER 5 | | 10 © AIR CONDITIONER | BOW THRUSTER | OS | | 7. COCKPIT AIR | | Муз ВАТТЕНУ CHARGER = -= 20 CONDITIONER 12/3 |, | | | | | XXX WASHER/DRYER = > | | LN ACCESSORY XXX | | | | | 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) 6.47 ECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (Gas) (FIG. 6.48.1) NOTES: 1) CHI = CUSTOMER HELM INTERFACE. 2) PCM = PROPULSION CONTROL MODULE. 3) CAN = CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK SYSTEM TYPE OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL USED FOR DATA TRANSFER. TERMINATOR = RESISTOR DESIGNED TO REDUCE NOISE AND PROVIDE PROPER VOLTAGE LEVELS ON THE CAN BUS CIRCUIT, (EXACTLY TWO PER CIRCUIT MUST BE INSTALLED ONE @ EACH END OF CIRCUIT) CAN BUS POWER = 3 POSITION PLUG AND CAP LOCATED BY SMARTCRAFT HARNESS CONNECTOR. DISCONNECT FROM EACH OTHER ON BOTH ENGINES AND PLUG USING WEATHER CAPS. SMARTCRAFT HARNESS PLUGS ARE LOCATED ON THE PORT AFT SIDE OF ENGINE. 7) DEPTH TRANSDUCER PLUGS INTO DIAGNOSTIC PORT. В) РОЗ. "А" UNUSED, POS. "B™ TANK #1, POS. "C" TANK #2, 9) POSITION "A™ UNSWITCHED +[2V, POSITION "F" SWITCHED 4 ol 6 +12V FROM STBD KEY SWITCH 6 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL; POSITION "B" NEGATIVE. PART OF BOAT WIRING SHIPS MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS PORT FUEL 16-PINK ANK SENDER Drawing No. 09-701 й PORT ENGINE N SYSTEM VIEW — SMARTCRAFT HARNESS CONNECTOR ON ENGINE NN N ENGIN Зо — 30" MA PART OF BOAT — WIRING HARNESS TERMINATOR RESISTOR oi] CHI HARNESS NOTE 9 ` 7 ES 4 I STBD ENGINE 05] | 42" 53” J = erre — 6" 4" HARNESS TERMINATOR 01] __, | RESISTOR LOCATED AT WHAT /BLU + NMEA 0183 - CONTROL STATION BLU/WAT - | CONNECTION - SMARTCRAFT HARNESS — [п | CONNECTOR ON ENGINE WARNING HORN AIR TEMP PART OF CHI HARNESS SENSOR 9 ITEM | от“. DESCRIPTION VEFC. PART * | SEA RAY PART# SYSTEM VIEW ASSEMBLY И Ol W./CHI HARNESS & AIR TEMP SENSOR 5/98 /5K- 1610385 N mar J о? 4 SPIN LOCK NUT - 5" 06 036 630 1690382 LL 03 2 4 IN 1 GAUGE - 5" 02 069 004 1609007 "EC 04 2 TACHOMETER - 6K - 5" 02 068 002 1608934 [т | 19" 05 2 SC 1000 HARNESS 20' W/ TERMINATOR 879981820 15072268 Вен 15] PART OF BOAT 06 - - - - Tac WIRING 07 | J BOX 4 WAY 878497B4 1507326 > = 08 - - - - ar ОСВА SHIPS MAIN DC 69 - - - org NEGATIVE BUS _ © 10 2 WEATHER CAP ( 3 POSITION CAP ) 881176Al 1610500 о Il 2 WEATHER CAP (3 POSITION PLUG ) 881175Al 1810518 N _ STBD FUEL DE 16-PINK/BLK TANK SENDER 12 | DEPTH / TEMP TRANSDUCER (NYLON) 881933B1 1690371 x Ox 13 | STEERING SENSOR ASSEMBLY 36318874 1610427 © ro 14 | STEERING EXT HARNESS 864219AI 1689718 = X 15 | STEERING PIGTAIL SBIO3IA! 1689719 16 - - - - \_ 7 6.48 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (DIESEL) (F1G. 6.49.1) NOTES: © 1) CHI = CUSTOMER HELM INTERFACE. PORT DCM 2) PCM = PROPULSION CONTROL MODULE. 3) CAN = CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK SYSTEM TYPE OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL USED FOR DATA TRANSFER. 4) TERMINATOR = RESISTOR DESIGNED TO REDUCE NOISE AND PROVIDE PROPER VOLTAGE LEVELS ON THE CAN BUS CIRCUIT. (REMOVE CUMMINS TERMINATOR FROM ENGINE 8 PLACE @ THE DCM.) 5) DEPTH TRANSDUCER PLUGS INTO DIAGNOSTIC PORT. x © 6) POSITION "A" UNSWITCHED +12V (STBD); POSITION "F™ SWITCHED N= +12V FROM STBD KEY SWITCH 6 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL, POSITION "B" NEGATIVE. I ] o 71 UNSWITCHED +12V FROM MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 8 NEGATIVE J FROM MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS. (PART OF BOATS WIRING) 8) NOT USED ON PORT ENGINE. у NOTE 8 PART OF BOAT WIRING CO SHIPS MAIN DC NOTE 8 NEGATIVE BUS р | А <= = mE = . O NOTE 7 PORT FUEL OI | TANK SENDER О AVP PART OF BOAT = SYSTEM VIEW FUSE WIRING 7 CUMMINS <> <TH © _ a NOTE 4 CE] CUMMINS TERMINATOR PART OF BOAT NOTE 4 HARNESS TERMINATOR 07 WIRING RESISTOR LI of e] NOTE 6 CHI HARNESS J E - = = гв E E 17 6" 4" LOCATED AT WHT/BLU + | NMEA 0183 © STED DCM CONTROL STATION ; CONNECTION BLU/WHT - — | x A GRY PART OF CHI HARNESS GRY A SENSOR = BRED RED A) = e = D BRN/BLK BRN/BLK C | | o ITEM | оту. DESCRIPTION SUPPIER PART # | SEA RAY PARTE ) Io B = BULK PART OF BOAT SYSTEM VIEW ASSEMBLY £ WIRING ol | WITH CHI HARNESS & AIR TEMP SENSOR | | В/ЭВ/5Ке 1610385 SHIPS MAN DC 02 4 SPIN LOCK NUT - 57 06 036 630 1690382 03 2 4 IN 1 GAUGE - 5" 02 069 004 1609007 04 2 TACHOMETER - 4K - 5" 02 068 004 1690513 << ER — 16-PINK/BLK TAN SENDER 05 2 | SC 1000 HARNESS 20'W/ TERMINATOR 879981820 1507268 | J БО С 06 - - - - 07 J BOX 4 WAY 87849284 1507326 08 - - - - \_ 09 - - - - NOTE 7 т 5 = _ i _ _ EEN USE Ne < Е [Ме = 12 DEPTH / TEMP TRANSDUCER (NYLON) 8819336! 1690371 NOTE 4 fo MENS POAT CUMMING 13 STEERING SENSOR ASSEMBLY 862318874 1610427 \ =H < ВЕ oT 14 | STEERING EXT HARNESS 864219A! 1689718 — NOTE 4 15 DCM KIT, (CUMMINS 480C-E) ASM_DEM_0001 1689740 16 - - - - 17 - - - - Drawing No. 09-702 L J 420 Sundancer (455 Sundance?) 6.49 (Fi6. 6.50.1) Drawing No. 09-703 6.50 SEA RAY NAVIGATOR INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ITEM | QTY. DESCRIPTION MAPTECH + SEA RAY PARTI SEA RAY NAVIGATOR 10.4 (PACKAGE) SRHWPACKIO 1619352 SEA RAY NAVIGATOR 12.1 (PACKAGE) SRHWPACKIZ 1619378 ol COMPUTER MODEL 10.4 SRCHWIO 1619360 02 COMPUTER MODEL 12.1 SRCHWIZ 1619386 SRN POWER SUPPLY/GPS RECEIVER, 03 CABLE KIT, USB EXT FOR KEYBOARD SRPSCOMBO 1690075 PARALLEL EXTENSION FOR CD-ROM 04 | DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER W/PIGTAIL (NYLON) | SRDTTPIGTAIL 1690359 05 DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER EXT. HARN. - 30" |SRDTTHARNESS30| 1680360 06 | DEPTH/TEMP X-DUCER EXT. HARN. - 60° |SRDTTHARNESS60 1690361 07 1 MOUSE W/CABLE SRCMOUSE 1619311 08 | SR GPS ANTENNA W/20' CABLE & BNC CONN. [SRCGPSANTENNA 1619329 09 < BNC_CONNECTOR * 1596360 10 ! BNC COUPLER + 1688702 ! REMOTE CD DRIVE SRCCDDRIVE 1619345 OWNERS PACKET-SRN SOFTWARE SROWNERSKIT 1690077 NMEA DATA QUT WHT (+) BLK (-) ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK [01] or [02] PARALLEL EXTENSION CABLE FOR CD-ROM DRIVE USB EXTENSION CABLE FOR KEY BOARD INLINE CONNECTOR CHART PLOTTER 15 AM? FUSE 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES Figures 7.18.1 and 7.19.1 identify the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features illustrated, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance. 2. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITORS The 420 DA is equipped with a carbon monoxide (CO) monitors throughout the boat ( See Section 2, General Boat Arrangement, pages 2.24 & 2.25 for location of CO Monitor). The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects carbon monoxide. When there is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and sounding an alarm. lt is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR (Fıc. 7.1.1) © q | Ji о © © (A) POWER INDICATOR DANGER INDICATOR © HORN (D) TEST BUTTON (ON SIDE) © — с — | | | Y T >= Io Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL. EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED. „ This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may be present in other areas. J instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions. A. TESTING THE CO MONITOR Test the monitors on your boat for at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated. f в To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or | more. J REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION MANUAL IN THE OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 3. AIR CONDITIONING & HEATING The 420 DA air conditioning/heating system consists of two (2) standard air conditioning/heating units, a raw water pump with seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pump will be activated by demand when any AC unit comes on. Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill or damage the freon lines running to the compressor. The air filters for each unit should be removed and cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air circulation and to reduce stress on the unit. The master stateroom unit is a 7,000 BTU unit located under the the bunk. The controls for the unit 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.1 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS f >) AIR CONDITIONING/HEATING LOCATIONS (Fic. 7.2.1) MASTER STATEROOM AIR HANDLER (7000 BTU) SALON, AFT STATEROOM & HEAD AIR HANDLER (12000 BTU) \ J are located on the port hanging closet wall. The removable air filter can be accessed by lifting the hatch under the bottom of the bunk mattress. The salon unit is a 12,000 BTU unit which also services the Aft Stateroom & Head. The unit is located on the port side, aft of the sofa under the MDP cabinet. The controls for the unit are located on the aft wall of the port light window ledge above the port sofa. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the bilge. The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through the thru-hull vents. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge & Underwater Gear, pg. 4.11, Seacocks & Strainers). The condensation drains for the compressor units connect to the cabin sump. A. TO START SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open. 2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP/RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel. Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel. 3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner's packet for instructions on operation of the control panels. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 4. WATER SYSTEM The fresh water system consists of a 100 gallon (378.5 liter) water tank, a 12 volt water pump, water heater and accumulator tank. The fresh water system is activated by the fresh water pump breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel. The breakers must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns and faucets. The hot and cold water lines throughout the boat are color coded: RED (hot) and BLUE (cold). 7.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS A. WATER TANK STANDARD GAS BOAT The 100 gallon water tank is located in the aft bilge area (See Fig. 4.14.1). To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12 VDC distribution panel located in the salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank. FRESH WATER TANK (STANDARD GAS ENGINES) (Fig. 7.3.1) WATER TANK f BR FRESH WATER TANK (DIESEL ENGINES OPTION) (Fic. 7.3.2) : © (A) WATER TANK PORT ENGINE BULKHEAD (© STARBOARD ENGINE BULKHEAD (© FORWARD ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD DIESEL (OPTION) The 100 gallon water tank is located between the port and starboard fuel tanks forward of the engine room bulkhead(See Fig. 4.15.1). To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12 VDC distribution panel located in the salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank. FILLING THE WATER TANK The water tanks are filled through a fill plate located on the port deck walkway. Fill the tanks only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tanks you should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your water tank filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean. To BEGIN INITIAL OPERATION: Fill the water tank with potable water. 2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON position. 3. One at atime, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines. 4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets. 5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off. SANITIZING THE WATER SYSTEM Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water system, if the system has not been used for a long period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated, use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment additives are available at marine/RV supply stores. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.3 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS If water treatment additives are not available, adhere to the following procedure for complete sanitation of your potable water system. 1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution). With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty (60) gallons of tank capacity. 2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open each faucet until air has been released and the entire system is filled. 3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. 4. Drain and flush with potable fresh water. 5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which might remain, prepare a solution of four (4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of water and allow this solution to agitate in the tank for several days by vehicle motion. 6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water. 7. Replace water filter. B. WATER Pumps & FILTER The pump for the fresh water system is located on the starboard hull in the engine room aft of the water heater. The pump is activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon 12VDC main distribution panel. A filter is situated on the input side of the pump to filter any particles that may have accumulated in the water tank. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically. Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release pressure on the system by opening a faucet. FRESH WATER PUMP (FG. 7.4.1) (A) FRESH WATER PUMP ACCUMULATOR BOTTLE © To FRESH WATER MANIFOLD © SUPPLY SIDE FILTER @ © FROM WATER TANK C. WATER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION Water system pressure is regulated by a pneumatic accumulator bottle (See figure 7.4.1) located inline on the cold water outlet from the pump. The accumulator tank smooths water flow and reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening the variation in pressure and flow between the pump and the outlets in the system. The even flow of water gives better control of hot water adjustment at the faucet. The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives longer pump life. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. D. WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD The water distribution manifold directs fresh water from the water tank and the water heater to the various equipment throughout the yacht.The manifold can be accessed through the doors on the port side of the aft salon area under the entertainment unit. 7.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS - WATER MANIFOLD (Fıc. 7.5.1) ||| а102 а102 а102 a109 a109 а102 а102 а102 == LOH LOH LOH LOH | B— —H И > DD (A TO WATER HEATER FROM WATER TANK (C) ANCHOR WASHDOWN (D) MASTER HEAD SINK (E) MASTER HEAD TOILET — (K) GUEST HEAD (E) GUEST HEAD SINK (© GALLEY SINK & SHOWER ©) GUEST HEAD TOILET (A) GALLEY SINK & SHOWER (1) FROM WATER HEATER (J) MASTER HEAD SINK \. J If away from the boat for an extended period of time it is suggested that you relieve the hose pressure of the fresh water system by turning OFF the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the DC main distribution panel and then opening a faucet on the boat. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. E. WATER HEATER The 11 gallon (41.6 liters) water heater is located aft of the starboard fuel tank. The water heater is powered by a breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the salon. The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature. WATER HEATER (Fıc. 7.5.2) (A) WATER HEATER TRANSOM Make certain the hot water lines are air free, indicating the water heater is full. Damage will occur to water heater if it is not | full when turned on. | INITIAL START-UP OR AFTER WINTERIZATION: 1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the 120VAC distribution panel is OFF. 2. Fill the heater with water. 3. Open the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system. 4. Make certain the heater is full of water. COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER AT ALL TIMES. 5. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON. To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.5 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS D. WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD The dockside water inlet, located in the transom storage, port side, allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat’s fresh water system . To USE THE SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF. 2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet. 3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock. All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable. To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly. DOCKSIDE INLET (Fra. 7.6.1) I ÿ x e) \ Sr If e У = * Н US \ N ———""RANSOM STORAGE © © * DO NOT leave boat unattended with the dockside water hose connected. * Dockside water should be connected during periods of heavy water usage only. \. J G. COCKPIT SHOWER The cockpit shower has a hot and cold control and shower wand which are located in a receptacle on the port aft cockpit. Squeeze the button on the shower wand to dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower. COCKPIT SHOWER ; > (FIG. 7.6.2) — un co H. GRAY WATER SUMP Your yacht is equipped with a gray water/ condensate sump located between the port and GRAY WATER SUMP (FIG. 7.6.3) (A) SUMP COMMON DRAIN INLET © FLOAT SWITCH (©) REFRIGERATOR DRAIN (® THRU-HULL DRAIN (® BILGE PUMP a „ 7.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS starboard inboard stringers. Gray water from the head systems, galley systems and salon air conditioner condensation drain into the sump through the common drain. The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room. Periodically remove the clear cover, check and clean the pump and float switch. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order. The sump pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the pump. If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and float switch for proper operation. After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue. I. FRESH WATER WASHDOWN The 420 DA is equipped with three (3) fresh water spigots; one in the bilge located aft of the water heater on the starboard inboard stringer; one in the bow locker and one in the transom storage locker. The washdowns come with a 12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use. The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel must be ON to operate the system. 5. HEAD SYSTEM The standard head system on your Sea Ray® includes a 42 gallon (159 liters) holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level indicators. A macerator and overboard discharge seacock is available as an option. Following is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and read the section pertaining to it. The owner's packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully. WASHDOWN SPIGOT (FG. 7.7.1) (A WASHDOWN SPIGOT ENGINE ROOM STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER © TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER © PORT BOW STORAGE LOCKER A. REQUIREMENTS FOR VESSEL OPERATORS The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of Coast Guard- certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such discharges. They also state that waters where a Coast Guard 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.7 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS certified marine sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3). B. Vacu-FLusH” HEAD The Vacu-Flush® head utilizes f ) the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a | J mechanical seal and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank. Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. To OPERATE VACU-FLUSH? HEAD: 1. Тит ОМ the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker. 2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker. 3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl. 4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl IS clear. fr HEAD SYSTEM (Fıc. 7.8.1) (A 42 GALLON HOLDING TANK GUEST HEAD VACU® FLUSH © VENT FILTER © DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT CAP ® VENT HOSE TO THRU-HULL VENT (E) HEAD DISCHARGE SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) © MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) (В) FROM GUEST HEAD (1) FROM MASTER HEAD (J) MASTER HEAD VACU* FLUSH K) TO HOLDING TANK (© MASTER HEAD TOILET (М) GUEST HEAD TOILET À 7.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS C. HOLDING TANK OPERATION Holding tank (Figure 7.8.1) fluid level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head. The panel indicator shows FULL-DO NOT FLUSH, 1/2 and EMPTY the indicators in the individual heads have a red (DO NOT FLUSH) and green (OK TO FLUSH) LED light. When DO NOT FLUSH is indicated, the holding tank must be emptied before the head can be reused. However it would be a good practice to empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light is on to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining the vent filter. f в WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR AND DISCHARGE CONTROL (Fic. 7.9.1) WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL FULL DO NOT FLUSH 12 EMPTY POWER WITH SWITCH ON: INDICATOR ON - NORMAL INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY. SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES DocKSIDE PUMPOUT (FIG. 7.9.3) \. J - INDIVIDUAL HEAD - WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR (Fıc. 7.9.2) ПЕЙ DO NOT FLUSH ~~ / DOCKSIDE PUMP-OUT To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked WASTE, located on the starboard side of the transom. If equipped, the holding tank can also be emptied by the optional macerator. See MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP in this section. Na À D. VENT FILTER The vent filter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located on the engine room forward bulkhead. The filter must be changed at the beginning of each boating season to be effective. The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose. NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter. 6. MACERATOR DISCHARGE Pump WITH SEACOCK INTERLOCK SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) If equipped, the optional macerator (Figure 7.8.1) gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available In conjunction with the dockside pump out. Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the DISCHARGE PUMP switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.9 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS MACERATOR (FG. 7.10.1) N ; E / @ Ve UE 7 7 IAN : с A / (A) MACERATOR HOLDING TANK (© VACU® FLUSH (© STARBOARD HULL \ J light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator. f à NOTICE This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve. Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only. NOTICE There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters. Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine. To OPERATE THE MACERATOR: 1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See Fig. 7.8.1 for seacock location). 2. Operate DISCHARGE switch at the WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel. 3. When tank is empty, turn the switch to OFF and close waste discharge seacock. NOTE: Turn OFF discharge pump to prevent accidental discharge. MAINTENANCE Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled Intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock 7. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM The 420 DA is equipped with a land-line telephone connection in the master stateroom and the salon. These phones can be operated when dockside and hooked up to the dockside telephone hookup. A. DocKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP The dockside telephone hookup is located on the port side inside the transom storage locker. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied. f = DocKSIDE TELEPHONE AND l'V HOoKUP (FIG. 7.10.2) (A DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP DOCKSIDE TV HOOKUP \. J © TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER 7.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS TO CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM: 1. lift cover plate. 2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet. 3. Telephone system is now operational. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8. ENTERTAINMENT CENTERS A. SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER The salon entertainment center consists of a 20" television/VCR/radio combination with remote located in the upper cabinet in the galley (Figure 2.7.1). A stereo system with CD changer and cockpit digital remote control & selector switch for cockpit entertainment is located above the MDP panels in the aft port salon. The CABIN MAIN and CABIN STEREO MEMORY breakers on the Main DC Breaker Panel must be ON to operate the systems. B. OPTIONAL SALON ENTERTAINMENT The optional salon entertainment center consists of a 20" flat screen television with DVD player and remote. C. MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT The master stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/VCR/radio combination with remote control. D. AFT STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT The Aft stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/VCR/radio combination with remote control. The TV is located behind an access on the port side of the area. E. COCKPIT ENTERTAINMENT The cockpit entertainment consists of a set of speakers connected to the salon stereo system. The speakers can be activated and controlled by the remote stereo control at the control station (Figure 2.8.2). F. DOCKSIDE TELEVISION HOOKUP For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located in the starboard transom (See figure 7.10.1). TO CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION: 1. Lift cover plate. 2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable connector (See figure 7.10.2). 3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and screw coax cable into receptacle. G. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR The antenna/cable selector panel is located in the aft cabinet of the salon above the port sofa. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside cable reception. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR (F16.7.11.1) s % Sn о Bam SLOME, 7 \. J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.11 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 9. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER The 420 DA is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located on the forward component board of the engine room. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations. 1 в AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (F16.7.12.1) UPON SYSTEM DISCHARGE, TURN OFF: DISCHARGE * ENGINE ALARM BUZZER * BLOWERS * ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Ls MANUAL FIRE 1 a EXTINGUISHER RELEASE Ni (INTN'L OPTION) CHARGE & DISCHARGE INDICATOR LIGHT ENGINE SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE SWITCH earn SR et PULL CABLE ~~, STARTER “EPT IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY | y. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT!!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR. Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire. A. FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR (DIESEL OPTION) The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE SHUTDOWN AND OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The CHARGE and DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is ON the CHARGE indicator light ia ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines. f A DIESEL AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR (Fıc. 7.12.2) Na A 7.12 420 Sundancer9 (455 Sundance”) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch on the ENGINE SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE SYSTEM, then restart the engines. B. MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISING SYSTEM Located at the control station, the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system will reduce fire damage by eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate f = MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (F16.7.13.1) Na A the automatic fire extinguisher. To OPERATE: 1. Pull pin securing the handle. 2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly. SAFETY PIN The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle in the engine room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only. The pin MUST be removed in order to manually operate the system. THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER CABLE S-HOOK & ATTACHMENT PIN ARE INSTALLED. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN INABILITY TO MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM. | N. This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle. | ENGINE ROOM FIRE EXTINGUISHER (F16.7.13.2) REMOVE SAFETY PIN NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED. \. J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. HAND HELD EXTINGUISHERS The American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have three (3) Type B-1 ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each locatedatthe helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.13 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 10. Bow THRUSTER (OPTIONAL) The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. If equipped the bow thruster motor is located under the forward hatch in the master stateroom. An oil reservoir bottle for the bow thruster is located on the aft wall of the bunk frame and can be accessed by lifting the bunk mattress. Periodically check the oil reservoir and top off with manufacturers recommended oil if necessary. | Bow THRUSTER (F16.7.14.1) еее IY < BOW ee WATER LINE \. J The bow thruster is energized by the 24V BOW THRUSTER switch on the control station switch panel. The bow thruster joy stick with station enabled indicator light and power switch located at the control station controls the direction of thrust. Bow THRUSTER CONTROL (F16.7.14.2) Na J REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 11. REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER The galley refrigerator/freezer is supplied power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel. For dockside operation, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the AC main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom of the unit ON. А. COCKPIT ICE MAKER The cockpit ice maker is located in the middle cabinet of the cockpit wet bar. The PORT SYSTEMS breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel powers the unit. NOTE: À refrigerator in lieu of the cockpit ice maker IS optional. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 12. COFFEE MAKER The drip coffee maker located in a cabinet above the sink in the galley operates on the 120 volt system. lt is powered by the GALLEY SYSTEMS breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel which must be ON to operate the coffee maker. To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet. f в Turn off coffee maker before closing cabinet doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to | the coffee maker or cabinet. J REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7.14 420 Sundancer9 (455 Sundance”) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 13. STOVE & MICROWAVE A. ELECTRIC STOVE The STOVE breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the aft port of the salon supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove. The stove has two (2) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat. A stove cover is provided to cover the burners when not in use. A power safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch turning power OFF to the stove control knobs. When using the stove the stove cover can be stored in the shelf at the top of the cabinet directly below the stove. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN The microwave/convection oven is located in the cabinet below the TV in the galley. The 120VAC MICROWAVE breaker on the AC Main Distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit. NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 14. POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of exhaust fans. They are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on the DC main distribution panel in the salon and individually turned on and off by the power vent switch in the heads and the galley. 15. CENTRAL VACUUM (OPTIONAL) The central vacuum unit is located under the salon companionway steps. The CABIN MAIN breaker must be ON to operate the system. CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) (F16.7.15.1) VACUUM CLEANER SALON STEPS The supplied 24 foot hose + ` connects to the central vacuum through the hose inlet which is located on lower port wall at the entrance to the aft salon area. The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is inserted. The | J disposable bag is located under the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit. 16. HORN The horn, located in the starboard bow chain locker Is protected by a breaker on the control station breaker panel which can be accessed through the door underneath the helm. The compressor for the horn is located on the aft side of the chain locker bulkhead in the gunwale. To activate the horn, depress the HORN switch on the control station switch panel. 420 Sundancer9 (455 Sundance”) 7.15 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 17. AFT SALON AREA A. CONVERTABLE SALON SOFA The sofa in the aft salon area can be converted into bedding to accomodate additional overnight guests. Remove the lower back cushion and pull the sofa seat out toward the salon until fully extended. Replace the back cushion. B. PRIVACY CURTAIN A privacy curtain which is located on the starboard side of the area entrance can be pulled across the entrance to provide privacy for the occupants. CONVERTIBLE AFT SOFA (FIG. 7.16.1) = ——— 18. SHORE POWER The dual 50’, 30amp/120V/60 cycle shore power cords are located in the transom storage locker. For operation see Section 6-Electrical System, page 6-12. f \ 19. WINDSHIELD VENT The windshield vent is electrically actuated by depressing the WINDSHIELD VENT switch on the control station switch panel. It is recommended that the windshield vent remain open when at idle or below cruising speed to allow proper air flow through the control station to avoid carbon monoxide accumulation. Always open windshield vent when the canvas is installed, passengers are aboard and the engines and/or generator are running. у NN WINDSHIELD VENT Ес. 7.16.2 ( >) a © 7 Fe DA (A) WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD VENT 20. Canvas lt is recommended that you read Section 1e Safety, pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions. A. CARE & MAINTENANCE Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray®. The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet. By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task. Components of your canvas set consist of zipper tracks and snaps. These components can be found in the parts manual located in the Owner’s Manual Packet. 7.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS B. STORAGE: Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner's Manual Packet. C. INSTALLATION TIPS: The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once Installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks. When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to Zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish Zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.17 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 21. FLOOR PLAN INTERIOR (FG. 7.18.1) (4) MASTER STATEROOM MASTER STATEROOM A/C UNIT (©) MASTER STATEROOM TV/VCR COMBO (D) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET (E) MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER (€) STOVE (G) COFFEE MAKER (H) FREEZER (1) MICROWAVE (UNDER TELEVISION) (J) SALON ENTERTAINMENT UNIT (K) REFRIGERATOR (D) GUEST HEAD/SHOWER (M) GUEST VANITY (N) PRIVACY CURTAIN (©) CONVERTIBLE SOFA/BED (P) GUEST HANGING CLOSET (Q) AFT SALON ENTERTAINMENT UNIT (R) MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS (S) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD (T) MASTER STATEROOM VANITY (U) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET \. J 7.18 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS FLOOR PLAN GENERAL DECK LAYOUT (F16.7.19.1) \. (A) ANCHOR CHUTE WINDLASS (©) DECK HATCH (D) STARBOARD NAVIGATION LIGHT (E) SUNPAD (OPTIONAL) (F) SKYLIGHT (G) WINDSHIELD VENT (H) CONTROL STATION (1) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR (J) COCKPIT SEATING (K) STARBOARD FUEL FILL (1) DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT (M) SWIM PLATFORM (N) SWIM LADDER (UNDER COVER) (©) TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER (P) PORT FUEL FILL (Q TRANSOM SHOWER (R) TRANSOM DOOR (S) COCKPIT WET BAR (T) CONTROL STATION COMPANION SEATING (U) FRESH WATER FILL (Y) PORT NAVIGATION LIGHT (W) WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 7.19 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 7.20 420 Sundancer* (455 Sundance”) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Routine inspection, service and maintenance of your boat's systems are vital to assure your safety, as well as for prolonging the life of your boat. You should develop regular routines for inspecting your boat. The chart below summarizes inspection, service and maintenance activities. This section also contains descriptions of some convenient methods for evaluating the condition of some of your boat's systems. The interval between necessary service or maintenance is highly variable, depending on the environment your boat is in, and on the severity of operating conditions. For example, corrosion of parts on boats operated in salt water proceeds much faster than the corrosion of parts on a boat operated in fresh water. The intervals listed below are recommended maximums, and you must reduce the time between inspections if your observations indicate the need. 1. SUMMARY GUIDE For INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Battery Check water level Owners Manual p. 6.1 ° ° Bilge Area Clean and check Owner's Manual p. 9.2 Bilge Blowers Hose connections tight Owners Manual p. 4.2 ° Bilge Pump Float switch operates freely | Owner's Manual p. 4.1 Canvas Clean Owners Manual p. 9.3 As Needed Controls Steering Check for proper operation To be done by Sea Ray dealer every six months Power steering oil level Engine Manual ° Throttle Lubricate. Include all shift Engine Manual . . linkage and pivot points Electrical Connections Check for looseness To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually GFCI (120V) Outlet Check for operation Owners Manual p. 6.16 Engine Alarm Check Engine Manual ° Cooling System Check for leaks Engine Manual ° Connections with engine running Crankcase Clean Engine Manual ° ° ventilating system Drive belts Check Engine Manual ° Exhaust System Check for leaks Engine Manual ° ° ° Flame Arrestor Clean Engine Manual ° ° Fuel Filter Replace Engine Manual ° Mounts (Fasteners) | Tighten Engine Manual ° Oil and Filter Replace Engine Manual ° Oil Level Check Engine Manual ° Fuel System Connections & Lines |Check for leaks Engine Manual ° ° ° Tanks Check for leaks Owners Manual, Section 5 ° ° ° Water Separating Replace Engine Manual ° Fuel Filter *Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.1 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE SUMMARY GUIDE FOR INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Propeller Seaworthiness drain Hull damage Topside & Supplies Transmission Oil Strainer Screen Trim Tabs Zincs Transom Trim Tabs Inspect for Installed and Check for loose, damaged or Check for loose, damaged or missing parts Clean Check and replace as needed Check fluid level Always after object Always after striking object Owners Manual p. 8.5 To be done Sea dealer Owner's Manual р. 6.16 Every 25 hours of operation Trim Tab Manual Every 25 hours of operation *Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals 8.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 2. USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION OWNER HOME PORT BOAT NAME REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE HULL SERIAL NUMBER WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE ENGINE MAKE 8: MODEL SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD GEAR MAKE 8 REDUCTION RATIO SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD PROPELLER SIZE PORT STARBOARD PART NUMBER PORT STARBOARD SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH) MATERIAL FUEL CAPACITY PORT TANK STARBOARD WATER CAPACITY KEY NUMBER, IGNITION DOOR SELLING DEALER CITY & STATE LENGTH BEAM DRAFT VERTICAL CLEARANCE ESTIMATED WEIGHT GENERATOR SERIAL # MODEL # KILOWATTS 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.3 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 3. INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE PROTOCOL A. BILGE AREA Many of your boat's systems have critical features located in the bilge area. Athorough and organized inspection of the bilge area will address many of these critical features. For example, engine oil leaks and fuel system leaks will show themselves as contamination on the surface of the liquid that remains in the bilge. When you see such contamination, you should look for its source. Once or twice a year, pump the bilge areas dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all the limber holes are open. Limber holes are the openings in the stringers that allow water to flow from the outboard areas of the bilge to the bilge sump. Check the bilge pump float switch by moving it manually. (Figures 4.1.1 thru 4.1.3) The bilge pump should start when the float switch is raised and should stop when lowered. If it does not, first try reseting the bilge pump breakers, if the pump will still not run replace the float switch before using your boat. The float switch should also move freely without sticking, if it does not, have it serviced or replaced before boating. DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS to clean any part of the bilge. Fumes can accumulate and can be the source of an explosion. 1. Оп. If there is oil contamination, look for leaks in engine oil lines and engine gaskets. If parts of the bilge have been stained by oil, the stain can be removed using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marine store. 2. ENGINE Engine failure or malfunction, when away from shore, can be dangerous. Make certain you do the following each time you use the boat: * Wipe off the engine to remove accumulated dust, grease and oil. * Check all exposed nuts, bolts and screws for tightness. e Inspect the belts for wear. If they do not require replacement, check and adjust the belt tension according to the engine manufacturer's recommendation. * Inspect engine wiring, and clean and tighten the terminals on the engine electrical system. e (Clean and lubricate the battery cables. * Add distilled water to the battery cells as needed. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual for additional engine maintenance requirements. 3. FUEL SYSTEM Inspect the entire fuel system for evidence of leakage, including the fuel tank fill lines and vents. Any stain around a joint could be an indication of a leak. Test all fittings with a wrench to be sure they are not loose, but do not forcefully overtighten the fittings. * Clean fuel filters and vent screens. Work on electrical wiring can create shock hazards or sparks. Always shut off battery switch, breakers and/or pull fuses before checking electrical wiring or connectors. N J 8.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 4. WIRING SYSTEM Check all wiring for proper support. Check all wiring insulation for signs of fraying or chafing. e (Check all terminals for corrosion - corroded terminals and connectors should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil. 5. FITTINGS, HOSES AND CLAMPS Inspect the entire bilge area for evidence of damage or deterioration. Evidence of deterioration will first appear around hull fittings, hoses and clamps. e Straighten kinked hoses. Replace any hose that does not feel pliable. * Check all hose clamps for tightness and corrosion. Corroded clamps must be replaced. e (Check the nuts, bolts and screws that retain equipment, hoses, etc. in the bilge for tightness and corrosion. Corroded fasteners must be replaced. B. TOPSIDE AND SUPPLIES Once a year, you should undertake a thorough review of the topside equipment, as well as of the critical safety supplies on your boat. * Check cleats, rings, rails, etc. for loose or corroded fasteners, breaks, sharp edges or other conditions that could lead to malfunction or unsafe use. Repair or replace as necessary. e Inspect PFDs (life jackets) for tears and deterioration. * Make certain you have enough PFDs on board for the maximum number of persons you can carry. e Check your first aid kit, making certain it is complete and that the items in it have not passed an expiration date. Check the signaling equipment and emergency flares. Make sure all items are within their expiration dates. * Inspect the anchor, mooring and towing lines. Repair or replace as required. e Check fire extinguishers for full charge. 4. DRAINING THE Boar In climates where freezing occurs, it is important that the bilge be completely drained and dried out when the boat is laid up for the winter. Some compartments in the bilge may not drain completely because of the position of the boat. They should be pumped out and sponged until totally free of water or add sufficient amount of antifreeze to standing water to prevent freezing. The boat's entire fresh water system must be drained. Open all faucets, including the shower faucets, throughout the boat. Open a connection at the lowest point in the fresh water lines to completely drain them. Break the connections on each side of the water pump. Drain the heads. Drain the water heater. Break the lower connection If necessary. The engine cooling system and the exhaust system must be free of water if there is danger of freezing. Drain plugs are provided on the engine for this purpose. It is necessary to open a connection or two in the exhaust system to drain the lowest portions; these should be reassembled securely immediately after draining is accomplished. CONSULT YOUR ENGINE AND GENERATOR OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING FOR STORAGE. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.5 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 5. WINTERIZATION CHECKLIST FOR BoATs STORED ON LAND A. BOAT STORAGE e Store boat in a bow high attitude. e Remove hull drain plug. e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump.. B. ENGINES Flush engines with fresh water. * Remove engine drain plugs. REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND WINTERIZATION. C. BATTERY(IES) * Remove from boat. Remove the negative (-) cable first, then the positive (+) cable. * Remove grease and dirt from top surface. (Grease terminal bolts. e Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete. Keep under a trickle charge. When placing battery back into service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat. D. HEAD SYSTEM e Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water. e Pump out holding tank. * Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head. Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes. e Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF. e Pump out holding tank. E. WATER SYSTEM e Turn ON the WATER SYSTEM switch. Open water faucet, let system drain completely. * Turn OFF the WATER SYSTEM switch. * Water must be removed from the water lines with air pressure or flushed with a nontoxic antifreeze. USING PRESSURIZED AIR TO REMOVE WATER FROM WATER LINES: You must have an air compressor with air hose and air nozzle. * Remove water hoses from water pump. * Alternate opening one faucet at a time to make sure water is removed from each line. * Blow air through the water lines removed from the water pump. NOTE: When blowing air be careful not to blow air with all faucets closed. System could be damaged by overpressurization and create water leaks. e (Cover hose ends with screen or broad weave cloth and tape in place to keep out dirt and bugs. USING NONTOXIC WINTERIZING ANTIFREEZE: Purchase a nontoxic winterizing antifreeze for fresh water systems from a marine or RV supply retailer. 8.6 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Close all faucets and turn on water system. * Open one faucet at a time. Close faucet when nontoxic antifreeze comes out of faucet. e After all faucets and showers have been treated, open all faucets and pump out remaining nontoxic antifreeze. WATER HEATER WINTERIZATION Refer to your water heater Owner’s Manual for detailed information on preparing water heater for storage and winterization. F. FUEL SYSTEMS (GASOLINE: e Fill fuel tank with gasoline and the recommended amount of stabilizer and conditioner such as “Stabil®”. e Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all gasoline in the carburetor and fuel lines are treated. DIESEL (OPTIONAL) Fill fuel tank with diesel and recommended amount of biocide, “Biobor®”, which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water. Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil® or Racor® RX100”. This will absorb water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems. Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines is treated. Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for expansion. DETAILED WINTERIZING, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CAN BE FOUND IN THE OWNER’S PACKET. 6. FITTING OUT AFTER STORAGE A. FUEL SYSTEM Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution. Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts. B. BATTERY(IES) Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before attaching and tightening the terminal clamps. Examine all wiring. C. MISCELLANEOUS e Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water. Test the navigation lights. e Check all wiring for loose connections. e Check all switches and equipment for proper operation. Check bilge blowers for proper operation. Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent. e Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary. * Make sure the hull drain plug is in place and tight. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.7 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE e (Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up. * Check all engine fluid levels. Check fuel lines for damage and/or leaks. Make sure that they do not come into contact with moving parts. 7. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS Be conscious of the security of your boat. Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders, GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat. 8. SEACOCK LUBRICATION * With boat out of water, remove the hose from top of the seacock. Put seacock handle in closed position. Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside. * Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed. Replace hose and tighten clamp. Add afew drops of oil to the handle pivot point. f A SEACOCK (Fıc. 8.8.1) SEACOCK HANDLE HOSE OPEN HOSE CLAMPS AZ, Lo SEACOCK BODY 7 «7 5 y > | - Cd - oO 8 С - | Г TO) PIVOT POINT \_ J 9. ENGINE O1L CHANGE SYSTEM A. GAS To change the oil in your boat equipped with standard gas propulsion: 1. Remove ail fill cap. (To allow ventilation) 2. Remove dipstick. 3. Have enough empty containers at hand to hold all of the used oil. 4. Insert oil pump into dipstick. 5. Pump used oil into empty containers. When all of the used oil has drained out of the engine(s) reinsert the oil dipstick and fill engine with fresh oil through the oil filler cap. B. DIESEL (OPTIONAL) Follow the oil exchange instructions found in Section 4 - Bilge and Underwater Equipment, page 4.4. In each case follow the intervals and oil change instructions provided by the engine manufacturer. REFER TO THE ENGINE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8.8 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 10. Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order. A. BOARDING THE BOAT* GENERAL Weather ConditioONS eK Is it going to be safe to go out 2. Transom Drain PIUQ eK Installed 3. PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment ……..….…..…..…….…..…….………………… Available for all children and adults 4. |gnition keys …..…....…...…….......ccsrcesserenerenserense cn nere0 se Available 5. TOO = To ) QU Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Bilge Pumps .................. 0222200000 KR K EEK K KERN Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard 2. BIOWErS ..…..................ncrcecssrres cernes esrr es err era creer Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor 3. Navigation Lights …...….....….....……...rrerecssecreneeeccnnere Working. Have spare bulbs (and if applicable fuses) aboard 4. Radio/Electronics ……....…….......…...rrrecesessencensere Working 5. HOM cen Working 6. THM TADS cco ere Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding 7. Fresh Water Tank... Filled and sanitized 8. Head System Holding Tank... Empty 9. SeacCocks...................eeeerecercrecoeneeceereeceneseteneae eee Generator Open (handle parallel to hose), Head System Holding Tank Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) ENGINE 1. Batteries ....ccooovviiii K RER KR RRKKEEEHG Fully charged (Check water cell levels) 2. Fuel Tank ee K RER KR RK ER REKEN Filled with recommended fuel 3. Fuel System .................eeeeecrccerrcececerrreeneeeeeeeeeee. Check for leaks 4. Fuel Filters ......cooooiiii DA Check that filters are clean and tight 5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters .......................—..__—— Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water 6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs Secured 7. Steering Fluid …..............……ccrrrreececrerra cc srs rence Full 8. Throttle á Gearshift Controls Test..................———... Full range of motion *Note: If trailering boat, many of these items should be checked before leaving the house. 420 Sundancer? (455 Sundance”) 8.9 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) B. PREPARING TO DEPART AND AFTER LAUNCHING GENERAL 1. Bilge/Engine Compartment .............cccceei vive. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes. 2. Shore Power Cable esse Disconnected from dockside power inlet 3. Lines, Fenders and AnChOF ee Ready for use 4. Passengers/Crew .……....….....…...…crrerccrera ces cac ssaancn ee Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD ENGINE 1. Battery Switches ........ccooiiiiiiii In the ON position 2. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ..........................=ee... Opens 3. Engine Alarm... erre Test. Should sound after a few seconds 4. Gear Shift 8% Throttle Controls .....................—....... In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions STARTING THE ENGINE* 1. Gearshift á Throttle Controls.......................———.—.——.—.. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner's Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine) 2. |gnition ooo ERKREKRERKRRKRERKRKEERKRKEEKHG Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on). IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.” Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. *If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner's Manual for further troubleshooting procedures 8.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) C. WHILE UNDERWAY GENERAL 1. Passengers/CreWw ....................—rreeíreeerrcenrrrer DD Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible 2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor... Stowed BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Trim Tabs coe, Bring boat to “On Plane”. Adjust as neccessary 2. Navigation Lights ........ccoooiiii en, On at night or in reduced visibility ENGINE 1. Tachometers ....................... K AA Engines operating in safe RPM range 2. Engine Gauges.................—..e..eieeeeenerre KR Continually monitor 3. Engine Operation .......................eeeeeeie eee, Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway D. RETURNING TO PORT GENERAL 1. Passengers/Crew ....................eeeeeeieereenerree DA Instructed in duties for line handling 2. Lines and Fenders..................._.eee.eeeeerrereceree A. Ready for use BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Navigation Lights .......ccc.ooiii A Turned OFF when secured 2. Anchor Light …....…......…....…..srereesesere ses r ere s een ON if necessary 3. Bilge/Engine Compartment …….......….….....………...……………. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary ENGINE 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls.…..…..…….....…….…..….……………. Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions 2. Tachometers ..……..….......…...…...….rcsrrccecereresee seen secure Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.11 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) 3. Ignition ee, Depress ENGINE STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down. 4. Engine Operation .........................eeeieieei eee Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises E. SECURING THE BOAT GENERAL 1. Shore Power Cable as re Connected to dockside power inlet 2. Lines and Fenders.…...…..…..…..……...…...…..……rresecseenseences Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock BOAT SYSTEMS US CE Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) 2. Helm Switch Panel es re All switches in the OFF position 3. Gearshift á Throttle Controls ...................—._._... In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions ENGINE 1. Ignition ….…....….......……ecrercrerearere ser e rene racer ne nee Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel 2. Battery Switches ee EEE In the OFF position 1. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ee Closed (handle perpendicular to hose) F. IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START No STARTER MOTOR RESPONSE 1. Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions Check battery condition for sufficient charge Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion Check battery switches in the ON position Check starter motor and solenoid connections о со К © № Check ignition switch connections STARTER MOTOR RESPONDS, BUT NO IGNITION 1. Check that fuel tanks are not empty 2. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean 3. Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring 8.12 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) G. OPERATING THE GENERATOR STARTING THE GENERATOR 1. Generator SeacoCk..................e.eeíieeeeeerceneereee ee KEG Open 2. Bilge BIOWEIS ......oviiiii ass rennes rennes Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running 3. Depress PREHEAT/ON .......cccoooiiiiiiii eee, Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds 4. Depress START/RUN Switch ...............eeeeeeeeeeeeeeree_s Depress until generator starts 5. When the Generator Starts... Release the START switch only continue holding PREHEAT/ ON for a few seconds) 6. Load The Generator ................... ee... eee, Turn ÓN the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON STOPPING THE GENERATOR 1. Breakers o.oo, Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel 2. GeneratOf eK RER REERKRR RER KR EERK RR ER KRK EEE Let it run a few minutes to cool down 3. STOP SWItCh cco, Depress to stop the generator set Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 8.13 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 11. AFTER MARKET EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway. Equipment Proper Operating Condition 8.14 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 12. MAINTENANCE LoG Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 1 á 2 of this section and keep a record of this and ALL maintenance performed on your boat. Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 420 Sundancer? (455 Sundance”) 8.15 SECTION 8 * REQUIRED INSPECTION, SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LOG (Cont’p) Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 8.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 1. MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of SM™ Marine's one step Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment. 2. PAINT CLEANING AGENTS & OTHER SUBSTANCES EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD Care and refinishing materials may contain ingredients that are flammable or explosive. Do not use such materials in the bilge Shut off electrical power and ventilate when using such materials anywhere on the boat or in the cabin. Do not create sparks or use lighted materials. Na J Do not use products containing chlorine, phosphates, perfumes and non-degradable ingredients. Consult your marine dealer regarding environmental regulations before painting the hull. Fumes can last for hours, and chemical ingredients can harm people, property and the environment. Common household cleaning agents may cause hazardous reactions. Read and understand directions on all paint, cleaning and polishing materials before using. 3. FIBERGLASS & GELCOAT The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often colored, that presents the shiny smooth appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose. Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In northern climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection. Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat. Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat. Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery. NOTE: For colored gelcoats, it is important to follow waxing recommendations in order to maintain the luster of the gelcoat. A. ABOUT COLORED GELCOATS Colored hulls add a beautiful contrast to all white boats making them distinctive and attractive. Similar to paint on cars, colors need more care and protection (waxing). Chemical lab tests have proven that colored gelcoats will show more chalking than white gelcoat due to an eventual degradation from weathering. Chalking results from a breakdown of a gelcoated surface into an extremely fine powder. When this happens, the color of the part whitens. The chalk is strictly on the surface. Most house paints are designed to chalk and then wash off clean with water. Gelcoat chalk, however does not wash off. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 9.1 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING One can extend the life of white or colored gelcoat by following Sea Ray's® recommended maintenance instructions. 3M Ultra Performance paste wax or an equivalent marine grade paste wax will help maintain the luster of the original gelcoat. B. PERMANENTLY MOORED OR DOCKED BOATS Boats should be rotated in a slip as often as they are waxed. This will eliminate too much ultra violet exposure and degradation to occur on only one side of the boat. REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. KEEP BILGE AREA DRY Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumlated water and dry throughly. Water left standing may penitrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product. 3. STAINS & SCRATCHES Although gelcoat and painted surfaces are resistant to deep stains, a need for cleaning will occasionally arise. But, the use of some common cleaning agents will permanently discolor or otherwise damage the finish on your boat. * Do not use abrasive porcelain-cleaning powders. These are too abrasive and contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which will permanently discolor gelcoat and paint. Never use nail polish remover (acetone) or any ketone solvents. * Use diluted household detergents to remove surface soil and stains. Before using a given brand, check to make sure it contains no chlorine or ammonia. * Alcohol can be used to remove difficult stains. But it must be promptly washed off with mild detergent and water. Minor scratches and deeper stains that do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing. 5. PERMANENTLY MOORED OR DockED BOATS If permanently moored or docked in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the boat's beauty and greatly affect its performance. There are two methods of preventing this: Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water. * Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces. NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea Ray® dealer for proper application methods. 6. CARE FOR BOTTOM PAINT From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint. The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray® dealer. 9.2 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 7. BILGE/ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there Is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Qil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents. 2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil. 3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens. 4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded. Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws. 5. Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable. Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals. Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed. Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed. 8. TOPSIDE AREAS A. STAINLESS STEEL AND ALLOY FITTINGS Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner. Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax. B. SALT CRYSTALS When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts. Mild household detergents or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the instruments bright and clean. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 9. GAUGE K SWITCH PANELS No special care is needed. Just wipe off with a soft, fresh water damp cloth to remove dust or salt. Dry after with chamois or soft cloth. Use of protective chemicals is not required. 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) 9.3 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 10. AcryLic PLASTIC SHEETING (PLASTIC GLASS) Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic. To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry with a clean damp chamois. Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content). Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface. Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds. 11. CANVAS AND CLEAR VINYL Do not fold or store any of the canvas pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, the recommended methods for storage are rolling or laying down flat. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces. If the surface of the clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet located in your Owner's Manual Packet. When storing the rear (aft) curtain, fold the canvas over the clear vinyl window (do not fold clear vinyl), then roll or store flat. The fabric should be cleaned regularly before substances such as dirt, pollen, etc. are allowed to accumulate on and become embedded in the fabric. The fabric can be cleaned without being removed from the installation. Simply brush off any loose dirt, particles, etc.; hose down and clean with a mild solution of a natural soap in lukewarm water (no more than 100°F, 38°C); rinse thoroughly to remove soap. DO NOT USE DETERGENTS. Allow to completely dry. Wash and clean vinyl windows with a warm soap solution. Use a soft cloth or sponge and do not scratch the surface. If you have stubborn cleaning cases, call your dealer for proper procedures. Do not try your own cleaning procedures as they may permanently damage the canvas. After each use, especially in salt water areas, rinse the canvas completely with fresh cold water. Then let the canvas dry completely before stowing. All metal components of the canvas should be rinsed with fresh cold water and exposed components wiped dry to maintain appearance and working order. 12. EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY FABRIC Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution. After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight. Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY FABRIC Cleaning and maintenance information provided by the material manufacturer, is in your Owner’s Manual Packet. | NOTICE | Always clean spots, stains, etc., immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning stain, to insure that cleaning material will not cause damage. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND OTHER CLEANING INFORMATION. 9.4 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INDEX A AC & DC Electrical Schematics & Wiring Harnesses ..................e.eeesseecierceneceneeeeee_—. 6.17 AC System.................eecccerccccerecoeneaceeee eee. 6.8 Accessories, Layout And...................e....... 7.1 Accessory Receptacle, 12 Volt ................... 6.8 Acrylic Plastic Sheeting .................— e... 9.4 Additional Recommended Equipment For Safe Operation... 1.5 Aft Salon Area ..................eeeneeercerrccenecceos 7.16 A. Convertable Salon Sofa .................... 7.16 B. Privacy Curtain ............... ee .eeeeeeevereco 7.16 After Market Equipment Checklist ............ 8.14 Air Conditioning & Heating ......................... 7.1 A. To Start System ................eeeecccercccrcccens 7.2 Anchoring......................e..receiercereeee eee. 3.13 A. Anchoring Arrangement ..................... 3.13 DB. Anchoring ...............————.....e.eeeeeereeeee 3.14 C. Lowering Anchor 3.14 D. Setting Anchor eee 3.14 E. Weighing Anchor ............... e... 3.14 F. Clearing AFouled Anchor................... 3.14 G.A Final Word............................e e... 3.15 Automatic Fire Extinguisher ..................... 7.12 A. Fire Extinguisher Indicator (Diesel Option) ................................. 7.12 B. Manual Fire Extinguishing System .....7.13 C. Hand Held Extinguishers ................... 7.13 B Basic Boat Dimensions And Clearances ....2.4 Batteries ....................eeercereoerreneoeeceneaeecem_. 6.1 A. To Remove The battery Cables ........... 6.2 B. Battery Maintenance ........................... 6.3 Battery Chargers ..................—.eeeeeereeierecee 6.14 A. Charging Characteristics Of The Main Engine Battery Charger .................. 6.14 B. Charging Characteristics Of The Bow Thruster Battery Charger ............... 6.14 Battery Switches & Solenoids .................... 6.5 A. Main Battery Solenoids ...................... 6.5 B. Bow Thruster Solenoid (Optional) ....... 6.6 Bilge Blowers….…..……..……...…..rrcrrrerecaneceneense 4.2 Bilge Hatch, ElectriC ..................e.eeeeeeeece. 4.13 Bilge Layout (Diesel) ................................ 4.15 Bilge Layout (Gas) ..................2eeeeeeeerrcenes 4.14 Bilge PUMPS coin, 4.1 A. Manual Bilge Pump (CE Option) ......... 4.2 Bilge one, 4.1 A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ....................._..——.. 4.1 Bilge/Engine Compartment ........................ 9.3 Boarding ................—————.e.reeeieereiereneneneee eee 3.3 Bottom Paint, Care For ....................—..—..—..... 9.3 Bow Thruster (Optional) ............................ 3.16 Bow Thruster (Optional) ............................ 7.14 Breaker Panel, DC Main ......................_..... 6.3 C Cabin Layout..…...…....….....…….…rerccrerecsreccuee 2.6 Canvas And Clear Vinyl... 9.4 Canvas eee 7.16 A. Care & Maintenance......................... 7.16 B. Storage coo, 7.17 C. Installation Tips een een 7.17 Capacity, Load….…........…....…...…crerccseccere 1.6 Capacity, Power .…..…..…..…....……….……rcsrercsrere 1.7 Carbon Monoxide Monitors ........................ 7.1 A. Testing The CO Monitor ..................... 7.1 Carbon Monoxide .......................eeeeeeesreerees 1.3 A. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ................. 1.4 Care For Bottom Paint ............................... 9.2 Central Vacuum (Optional) ....................... 7.15 Certification, Manufacturer'S....................—.—. IV Chart Your Course ernennen EEE EEE 1.9 Coffee MakKet essen EEE 7.14 Communication System ........................... 7.10 A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ........... 7.10 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INDEX Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses cone, V Contents, Table Of ee Vii Control Station Gauge And Switch Layout... 2.7 D DC Distribution Panel 6.9 DC System o.oo, 6.1 Dealer Responsibilities I Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table een 2.21 Docked Boats, Permanently Moored Or ..... 9.2 Docking/Lifting/Storage ........................—..... 2.1 A. Bow á SternCleats............................ 2.1 B. Supporting The Boat .......................... 2.2 Draining The Boat cs. 8.5 E Electric Bilge Hatch 4.13 Electric Fuel Valve... 5.2 Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers. 6.6 A. Generator And Windlass Breakers .... 6.7 B. Replacing A Fuse Or Breaker ............ 6.7 Electrolytic Corrosion And Zinc Anodes .... 6.16 A. Galvanic isolator .......................... 6.17 Electronics Circuit ................. enero 6.8 Emergency Situations 1.11 A. Medical Emergency .…………..….……..….…… 1.11 B. Water Rescue 1.11 C. Fire ...............eececenecerieceneeeezecenee nee. 1.12 D. Flooding, Swamping And Capsizing.....................xeeereericeeeee. 1.12 E. Collisions And Leaking.................... 1.12 F. grounding ……...…...…...……...…..…crercrrrcneeese 1.13 G. Propulsion, Control Or Steering Failure ooo 1.13 Emergency Start System 6.8 Engine Exhaust System ............................. 4.4 Engine Gauge Package ....................eeeese.. 4.3 EngineMounts .........ccoooiiiii RR 4.4 Engine Oil Change System ........................ 8.8 A EEE 8.8 B. Diesel (Optional) .............................. 8.8 Engine RemMOVaAl are e... 4.5 ENGINES cone, 4.3 Entertainment Centers 7.11 A. Salon Entertainment Center ............ 7.11 B. Optional Salon Entertainment .......... 7.11 C. Master Stateroom Entertainment ..... 7.11 D. Aft Stateroom Entertainment............ 7.11 E. Cockpit Entertainment ..................... 7.11 F. Dockside Television Hookup ............ 7.11 G. TV Signal Selector ...................—..... 7.11 Environmental Considerations.................. 1.15 A. Fuel á: Oll Spillage ..................—.—... 1.15 B. Waste Disposal......................e.ee.ee.. 1.15 C. Excessive Noise ................e.eeeeeeeeee. 1.15 D. Wake / Wash......................cceeenceeeo. 1.15 Equipment Checklist, After Market............ 8.14 Express Limited Warranty ............................ vi Exterior Upholstery Fabric .......................... 94 F Fiberglass & Gelcoat …………..……….….….…….………………… 9.1 A. About Colored Gelcoats...................... 9.1 B. Permanently Moored Or Docked Boats............... e. _.e.ee.een.. 9.2 C. Keep Bilge Area Dry ......................... 9.2 Fire Extinguishing System .......................... 1.2 A.Diesel Option rues 1.3 Fitting Out After Storage ‚ee 8.7 A. Fuel System ..................e.eeescerccerrcerece. 8.7 B. Battery(ies) .......................eenccerccreceeas 8.7 C. Miscellaneous... 8.7 Floor Plan een RER EEE 7.18 Fresh Water Cooling System ...................... 4.4 A. Coolant Recommendations ................ 4.4 Fuel Filters (Diesel Option) ......................... 5.3 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INDEX A. Fuel Filters .......ccocoiiii 5.4 B. Generator Fuel Filters ........................ 54 C. Fuel Filter Maintenance ..................... 54 Fuel Lines (Diesel Option) ......................... 5.3 Fuel Recommendations ............................. 5.2 Fuel System ….……..…..…...…..……crrrcrercsseecsa cernes 5.1 A. Fuel Tanks ….….…..…..…...…..crccrrcsecnccns 5.1 B. Fuel Fill Inlet cree 5.1 C. Fuel Vent …….…..…....…...…..…..……sesrresseccere 5.2 Fueling Precautions e... ee... 5.5 A. Generale 5.5 B. Before & During Fueling Checklist ..... 5.5 C. After Fueling Checklist ....................... 5.6 Fueling The Boat... 3.3 A. General eK 3.3 B. Filling The tanK oe 3.3 С. АНег Filing ernennen 3.3 Function And Location Of Thru-Hull Fittings And Cutouts .................e.e.... 2.11 G Gauge & Switch Panels ............................. 9.3 Gelcoat, Fiberglass & ...................eee.eeeneee.. 9.1 General Deck Layout......................e........... 2.5 Generator Fuel Crossover System ............. 5.2 Generator... eee 6.13 A. Generator Operation.......................... 6.13 Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) eee... 6.15 A. International Receptacle .................... 6.16 H Halogen Lighting ee 6.15 A. ChangingABlownBulb ...................... 6.15 B. AC Low Voltage Lighting.................... 6.15 Head System ….….…..…..……..……...rcrrrcrecrsrcnnres 7.7 A. Requirements For Vessel Operators .... 7.7 B. Vacu® Flush Head 7.8 C. Holding Tank Operation ....................... 7.9 D. Vent Filter ..................... reee 7.9 Heating, Air Conditioning & ........................ 7.1 HOM cee, 7.15 Hull Identification Number (HIN) ..................... IV Hydraulic Power Steering Control ............. 4.13 I Impaired Operation ernennen 1.6 Important Gauges ....................eeeereereeeeees 2.16 A. Tachometer... nennen 2.16 DB. 4-In-1 Multigauge .................. e... 2.16 C. Hourmeter .......................eeeieenecneeeeas 2.18 D. Fire System Indicator ........................ 2.18 E. Magnetic Compass ................eeeeeese.. 2.18 F. Systems Monitor.................... eee... 2.19 G. Smartcraft ...................e.eeeeeeereccereccenas 2.22 H. Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ...........................eeneieneane. 2.22 Inspection, Service 8: Maintenance udío)(0/0/0] EEE 8.4 A. Bilge Area...................__..meneeneneeeen 8.4 B. Topside And Supplies ......................... 8.5 Inspection, Service And Maintenance, ............. Summary Guide For... 8.1 Interior Upholstery Fabric ........................... 9.4 International Requirements ....................... 1.13 K Key To Symbols On Controls & Prints ....... 1.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) INDEX L Labels, Safety ........cooeiiiii E EEE 1.1 Layout & Accessories .....................eesvevceas 7.1 Legally Mandated Minimum Required Equipment ................ ee... 1.2 Lifesaving Equipment.....................e.e.eee..... 1.4 A. PFD Classifications ........................... 1.4 Lifting/Storage, Docking ...................e.e.=..... 2.1 Lighting Layout ...............—.— e. —..=eeeeeeee 2.27 Load Capacity ......................eeeeeervieerceceeeces 1.6 A. United States .....................eeeereeerceeees 1.6 B. International ................... e. eeeeeseeseeeeeo 1.6 M Macerator Discharge Pump With Seacock Interlock System (Optional) ....... 7.9 Main DC Breaker Panel ............................. 6.3 Main Distribution Panel, Servicing The ....... 6.9 Maintain Control ....................—...=.eveeerieneceas 1.7 Maintenance & Reconditioning................... 9.1 Maintenance Log ................-....e.eee=eeeeeenee 8.15 Maintenance Protocol, Inspection, Service And. ...................eeenvecesccereecenecene. 8.4 Major Controls.......................eexeeerricicecene. 2.13 A. Gear Shifts And Throttle Controls ...... 2.13 B. Gear Shifts And Throttle Controls ...... 2.13 C. Engine Synchronizers (Optional) ....... 2.14 D. Hydraulic Trim Tabs .......................... 2.14 Manual, TASK RR || Manufacturer's Certification ......................... IV Marine Gears een 4.4 A. Reduction Gears 4.4 B. Reverse Gears ..................eeeeercccrcccens 4.4 Minimum Required Equipment, Legally Mandated.…...….....…..…..…….…..…srcecrecrrcse carences 1.2 N Nautical Terms ….…..…..…..…....….…….crercreccrccnre 1.14 Navigation And Anchor Lights ................... 2.23 A. Console Dimmer ..................eeneeeve.. 2.23 О Oil Exchange System (Optional) ................. 4.6 A. Operating Instructions .......................... 4.7 P Paint Cleaning Agents 8: Other Substances ...................eeeeeereriericeree eee. 9.1 Passenger Instruction And Location ............ 3.4 Passenger Locations 2.2 Permanently Moored Or Docked Boats ...... 9.2 Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s) ........... 3.4 PFD Classifications 1.4 Power Capacity …….......…..……….rrrcrreccnunes 1.7 Preparing to Depart …………….……..…..….…….…….……… 3.1 Propellers ……..…..…...….........crrrcrrcsrene casernes 2.4 Propulsion System ….….….……..…….….……….………csrrceures 2.4 A. V-Drive Engines …………….……...…..……..………………….……… 2.4 Q Quick referance Checklist .......................... 8.9 A. Boarding The Boat .................— 8.9 B. Preparing To Depart And After Launching erreurs 8.10 C. While Underway ............................. 8.11 D. Returning To Port...............— 8.11 E. Securing The Boat.......................... 8.12 F. If The Engine Does Not Start ........... 8.12 G. Operating The Generator ................ 8.13 420 Sundancer* (455 Sundance?) INDEX R Reference Checklist, Quick ....................... 8.9 Refrigerator/Freezer 7.14 A. Cockpit Ice Make ee... 7.14 Responsibilities, Dealer …….….…..…..….…….……….…………. Il Responsibilities, Your eee... I Returning To Port.….…..…...….………..…..……………erecesress 3.2 Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box .................. 4.12 S Safety Hotlines .......................e.e.erveerecerece. 1.13 Safety Labels .........................eeeceerccecereecen.s 1.1 Salon Area, Aft ooo 7.16 Schematics & Wiring Harnesses, AC & DC eee 6.17 Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ........ 2.22 Seacock Lubrication ...................... eee... 8.8 Seacocks & Strainers 4.12 Securing The Boat ……….……...….…...….…..……………………. 3.2 Security Considerations 8.8 Service Information, Useful ......................—... 8.3 Service, Parts And Repair For Your Boat ....... V Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ........ 6.9 Shifting From Shore Power To Generator Power... 3.11 Shifting To Drive The Boat .......................... 3.6 A. Gear shifts And Throttle Controls ........ 3.6 B. Operation ...........ccoooiiiiiii, 3.7 Shore Power To Generator Power, Shifting From ….................rccseeccrseccuee 3.11 A. Maintenance For Shore Power Cable Set & Shore Power Inlets … 3.12 Shore Power ….…..…..….…..….….…..…....…….ssrssesserens 3.9 A. To Connect And Turn On Shore Power ...................... e... 3.9 В. То Disconnect Shore Power ............. 3.11 Shore Power... 6.13, 7.16 A. Shore Power Cords ......................... 6.13 B. Main Shore Power Breaker Box ....... 6.13 C. Shore Power .................e.erveeevveececes 6.13 Smartceraft....................e.evcecrccoreceneeeeeeeees 2.22 Source of Information ................... eee... ii 7070] |[-] eee rene narn nan 2.7 Stability …….......…......ercrerecrere rare ner nae rennes 1.7 Stans & Scratches.……..…....……...…....…....…eese 9.2 Start System, Emergency .................ee=eee.e.. 6.8 Starting The Engines ....................eeeexvececnos 3.4 Starting The generator (Diesel Option) ....... 3.8 Starting The Generator ......................e..ee... 3.7 Steering System .....................ervcccrreccenecce. 3.12 Stopping The Engines .......................e.xe... 3.7 Stopping The Generator ........................... 3.9 Storage, Docking/Lifting 2.1 Stove & Microwave ….……….…....…..………..…s 7.15 A. Electric Stove 7.15 B. Microwave/Convection Oven ............ 7.15 Summary Guide For Inspection, Service And Maintenance....................... 8.1 Switch And Receptacle Layout ................. 2.24 Switch Panels, Gauge 8 .............. eee... 9.3 Symbols On Controls And Prints, KEYS TO ceva 1.16 T Table Of Contents... Vil This Manual EEE Ii Topside Areas ...................eeeeeeercecrcerceneeneeos 9.3 A. Stainless Steel And Alloy Fittings ........ 9.3 B. Salt Crystals ........................eeneeerrceeas 9.3 Twelve Volt Accessory Receptacie ............. 6.8 420 Sundancer9 (455 Sundance”) INDEX U Underwater Gear......................envccecccoreceens 4.7 A. Propellers .......................e_.eeeeeeneeeceo 4.7 B. ShaftS ...................eeescecicceneeeerec ene 4.10 C. Carrier Seal Kit.....................e.....e.... 4.10 DS EEE 4.11 Upholstery Fabric, Exterior ......................... 94 Upholstery Fabric, Interior........................... 9.4 Useful Service Information .......................... 8.3 V Vibrations & Causes 4.5 A. Foriegn Object Interfering With Propeller ACtION eee caca een e eee crea aan canne 4.5 B. Bent Propeller And/Or Shaft .............. 4.6 C. Engine And Shaft Out Of Alignment... 4.6 D. Coupling Out Of true ......................... 4.6 E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure ..... 4.6 F. Other Possible Causes ..................... 4.6 Ww Warning Label Locations .......................... 1.17 Warranties ………...…..…...…...…recrrresecnere nec sa rene Ii Warranty, Express Limited ............................ vi Water Sports ....................eeeeeerererreerceenecens 1.10 A. SWIMMING o.oo, 1.10 B. SKIING «eevee, 1.10 C.DIVING eee, 1.11 Water System ….…...…....…....….csreccreeccsea ce 7.2 A. Water Tank versenken EEE 7.3 B. Water Pumps & Filter ......................... 7.4 C. Water System Pressurization ............. 7.4 D. Water Distribution Manifold ................ 7.4 E. Water heater een nennen 7.5 F. Dockside Water net... 7.6 G. Cockpit ShOWEer seen 7.6 H. Gray Water Sump.....................e.ee.... 7.6 |. Fresh Water Washdown ....................... 7.7 Weather eK RAR RER 1.8 A. Ocean RR RR RR 1.8 B. Offshore .................... 22... eee 1.8 C. Inshore .......................eeieieie ae 1.8 D. Sheltered Waters .............................. 1.9 While Underway ..................—e.e.e.eeeencencece—. 3.1 Windlass .........................e.eeeeereree ee 3.15 A. To Operate From The Helm .............. 3.15 B. To Operate From The Bow ............... 3.15 C. To Operate Manually ........................ 3.15 D. Maintenance 3.16 Windshield Vent 7.16 Winterization Checklist For Boats Stored Оп Сапа DEE 8.6 A. Boat Storage ces. 8.6 B. Engines …….....…....…....…...….ecrsecrseceseenere 8.6 C. Battery(ies) ………….......…..….……….……rcese 8.6 D. Head System …….…....…....……………………crcrcuere 8.6 E. Water System .................eeeeeeerrccrececas 8.6 F. Fuel Systems.................eeeeeerccrrceneceos 8.7 Y Your Responsibilities rie ii Z Zinc Anodes, Electrolytic Corrosion And... 6.16 420 Sundancer® (455 Sundancer®) ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Spacious cockpit with ample seating
- Enclosed cabin with a full-size berth
- Powerful engine with top speeds of over 40 mph
- Advanced navigation and safety systems
- Versatile design for a variety of water activities
Frequently asked questions
The length of the 420 Sundancer is not specified in the provided manual.
The fuel capacity of the 420 Sundancer is not specified in the provided manual.
The specific safety systems on the 420 Sundancer are not detailed in the provided manual, but it does mention advanced safety systems.